-
101 chemin
chemin [∫(ə)mɛ̃]1. masculine noun• ils ont fait tout le chemin à pied/en bicyclette they walked/cycled the whole way• nos chemins se sont croisés our paths crossed (PROV) tous les chemins mènent à Rome(PROV) all roads lead to Rome• il a fait du chemin ! he has come a long way• il est toujours sur mon chemin he turns up wherever I go ; (comme obstacle) he always stands in my way• ne t'arrête pas en si bon chemin ! don't stop now when you're doing so well2. compounds► le chemin de croix, le chemin de croix du Christ the Way of the Cross ; (dans une église) the Stations of the Cross• employé des chemins de fer railway (Brit) or railroad (US) worker ► Chemins de fer fédéraux Swiss Railways* * *ʃ(ə)mɛ̃nom masculin1) ( route) country road; ( étroit) lane; ( de terre) ( pour véhicule) track; ( pour piétons) path2) ( passage) wayles obstacles qui sont or se trouvent sur mon chemin — lit, fig the obstacles which stand in my way
3) (direction, itinéraire, trajet) waysur le chemin du retour/de l'école — on the way back/to school
reprendre le chemin du bureau — to go back to the office ou to work
on a fait un bout de chemin ensemble — ( à pied) we walked along together for a while; ( dans la vie) we were together for a while
chemin faisant, en chemin — on ou along the way
faire tout le chemin à pied/en boitant — to walk/to limp all the way
il a su trouver le chemin de mon cœur — fig he's found the way to my heart
cette femme fera/a fait du chemin — this woman will go/has come a long way
montrer le chemin — ( donner l'exemple) to lead the way
être sur le bon chemin — gén to be heading in the right direction
s'arrêter en chemin — lit to stop off on the way; fig to stop
le chemin de la célébrité/perdition — the road to fame/ruin
4) ( tapis) (carpet) runner•Phrasal Verbs:* * *ʃ(ə)mɛ̃ nm1) (où l'on marche) pathJe suis descendu à la plage par un petit chemin. — I went down a little path to the beach.
2) (= itinéraire, trajet) wayen chemin; chemin faisant — on the way
Je mangerai mon sandwich en chemin. — I'll eat my sandwich on the way.
3) figfaire un bout de chemin avec qn (= travailler avec qn) — to work with sb, (= avoir une relation suivie avec qn) to have a relationship with sb
faire un bout de chemin ensemble; Nous avons fait un bout de chemin ensemble et c'est ce qui compte le plus. — We were together for a while, and that's what is most important.
ramener qn sur le droit chemin; remettre qn dans le droit chemin — to get sb back on the straight and narrow
* * *chemin nm1 ( route) country road; ( étroit) lane; ( de terre) ( pour véhicule) track; ( pour piétons) path; être toujours sur les chemins to be always on the road; le chemin du village the road (that leads) to the village; ⇒ quatre, Rome;2 ( passage) way; se frayer un chemin à travers les broussailles to clear a way through the undergrowth; les obstacles qui sont or se trouvent sur mon chemin lit, fig the obstacles which stand in my way;3 (direction, itinéraire, trajet) way; indiquer le/demander son or le chemin à qn to tell/to ask sb the way; se tromper de chemin to go the wrong way; sur le chemin du retour/ de l'école on the way back/to school; reprendre le chemin du bureau to go back to the office ou to work; Aix? c'est (sur) mon chemin Aix? it's on my way; c'est le plus court chemin entre Pau et Oloron it's the quickest way from Pau to Oloron; le plus court chemin vers la paix the shortest path to peace; on a fait un bout de chemin ensemble ( à pied) we walked along together for a while; ( dans la vie) we were together for a while; continuer or passer or aller son chemin to continue on one's way; passez votre chemin! liter go on your way!; chemin faisant, en chemin on ou along the way; faire tout le chemin à pied/en boitant to walk/to limp all the way; il a su trouver le chemin de mon cœur fig he's found the way to my heart; avoir du chemin à faire to have a long way to go; on a fait du chemin we've come a long way; cette femme fera/a fait du chemin this woman will go/has come a long way; l'idée fait/a fait son chemin the idea is gaining/has gained ground; faire la moitié du chemin ( être conciliant) to meet sb halfway; montrer le chemin ( donner l'exemple) to lead the way, to set an example; être sur le bon chemin gén to be heading in the right direction; [malade] to be on the road to recovery; prendre le chemin de la faillite/l'échec to be heading for bankruptcy/failure; il a l'air d'en prendre le chemin he seems to be heading that way; s'arrêter en chemin lit to stop off on the way; fig to stop; tu ne vas pas t'arrêter en si bon chemin! don't stop when things are going so well!; le chemin de la gloire the path of glory; le chemin de la célébrité/perdition the road to fame/ruin; le destin l'a mis sur mon chemin fate threw him in my path; ⇒ bonhomme, droit;4 ( tapis) (carpet) runner.chemin acoustique sûr Mil reliable acoustic path; chemin de câbles cable tray; chemin charretier cart track; chemin creux sunken lane; chemin critique critical path; le chemin de Damas Relig the road to Damascus; trouver son chemin de Damas to see the light; le chemin des écoliers the long way round GB ou around US; prendre le chemin des écoliers to take the long way round GB ou around US; chemin de fer Rail ( infrastructure) railway, railroad US; ( mode de transport) rail; Jeux chemin de fer; par chemin de fer by rail; chemin de halage towpath; le chemin de (la) croix Relig the stations (pl) of the Cross; chemin de ronde path roundGB the battlements; chemin de roulement Aviat taxiway; Tech roller conveyor; chemin de table (table) runner; chemin de terre ( pour véhicule) dirt track; ( pour piétons) path; chemin de traverse path across ou through the fields; chemin vicinal country lane.[ʃ(ə)mɛ̃] nom masculinbandit ou voleur de grand chemin ou grands chemins highwayman2. [parcours, trajet] wayfaire ou abattre du chemin to go a long wayon s'est retrouvé à mi-chemin ou à moitié chemin we met halfwaypas de problème, c'est sur mon chemin no problem, it's on my wayc'est le chemin le plus court/long it's the shortest/longest waynous avons fait tout le chemin à pied/en voiture we walked/drove all the wayse frayer ou s'ouvrir un chemin dans la foule to force one's way through the crowdprendre des chemins détournés pour faire quelque chose (figuré) to use roundabout means in order to do somethingil voudrait devenir avocat, mais il n'en prend pas le chemin he'd like to be a lawyer, but he's not going about it the right wayouvrir/montrer le chemin to open/to lead the waya. [personne] to make one's way in lifeb. [idée] to catch oncet enfant fera du chemin, croyez-moi! this child will go far ou a long way, believe me!être/rester sur le droit chemin to be on/to keep to the straight and narrow4. RELIGION5. [napperon]6. INFORMATIQUEchemin faisant locution adverbialeon the way, on one's wayen chemin locution adverbialeon the way ou one's waynous en avons parlé en chemin we talked about it on the way ou on our way -
102 FYRIR
* * *prep.I. with dat.1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);fyrir dyrum, before the door;2) before one, in one’s presence;hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;3) for;hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;4) before one, in one’s way;fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;5) naut. term. before, off;liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;6) before, at the head of, over;vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;7) of time, ago;fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;fyrir stundu, a while ago;fyrir löngu, long ago;vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);8) before, above, superior to;Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;11) because of, for;hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;fyrir hræðslu, for fear;illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;fyrir því at, because, since, as;12) against;gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;13) fyrir sér, of oneself;mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;14) denoting manner or quality, with;hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;II. with acc.1) before, in front of;halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;2) before, into the presence of;stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;3) over;hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;5) round, off;sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;6) along, all along;fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;8) for, on behalf of;vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;9) for, for the benefit of;þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);10) for, instead of, in place of, as;11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;12) denoting value, price;fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;fyrir handan á, beyond the river;fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;III. as adverb or ellipt.1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;2) first;mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;3) at hand, present, to the fore;föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).* * *prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.C. METAPH.:I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.X. as adverb or ellipt.,1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.A. LOCAL:I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.C. METAPH.:I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence. -
103 to
1. [tu:] adv1. приведение в нужное состояние или положение, передаётся глагольными приставками при-, за-2. начало действия заwe turned to gladly /with a will/ - мы с воодушевлением взялись за работу
to bring smb. to with smelling salts - привести кого-л. в сознание нюхательной солью
a ship moored head to - корабль, пришвартованный против ветра
♢
to and fro см. to and froto and again уст. = to and fro
to and back = to and fro
we were close to when it happened - мы были рядом, когда это случилось
2. [tu:,tʋ,tə] prepkeep her to! - мор. держи к ветру ( команда)
1) направление к, в, наa flight to the Moon - полёт на Луну /в сторону Луны/
head to the sea [to the wind] - мор. против волны [ветра]
on one's way to the station - по дороге к станции /на станцию/
to go to town - ехать /отправляться/ в город
to go to the sea - ехать к морю, поехать на море
where will she go to? - куда она пойдёт?
to turn to the left [to the right] - повернуть налево [направо]
to point to smth. - указывать на что-л.
to see smb. to the station [to the corner] - проводить кого-л. на вокзал [до угла]
he wears his best clothes to church - он ходит в церковь в парадном костюме
2) движение до соприкосновения с чем-л. на, за, к3) расстояние доis it far to Moscow? - далеко ли до Москвы?
4) положение по отношению к чему-л. к, на; вместе с сущ. тж. передаётся наречиямиto lie to the south [to the north] of - лежать /быть расположенным/ к югу [к северу] от
the window looks to the north [to the south] - окно выходит на север [на юг]
placed at the right angle to the wall - поставленный под прямым углом к стене
a line tangent to a circle - мат. касательная к окружности
he has been to Volgograd twice this year - в этом году он дважды был в Волгограде
have you been to bed? - вы спали?
6) амер. разг., диал. пребывание в каком-л. месте в7) посещение какого-л. учреждения вto go to the theatre - ходить /идти/ в театр
2. указывает на1) лицо, реже предмет, к которому направлено действие к, перед; часто передаётся тж. дат. падежомgreetings to smb. - приветствие кому-л.
to listen to smb., smth. - слушать кого-л., что-л.
to speak to smb. - разговаривать с кем-л.
to send smth. to smb. - послать что-л. кому-л.
to explain smth. to smb. - объяснить что-л. кому-л.
to reveal a secret to smb. - открыть кому-л. секрет
to apologize to smb. - извиниться перед кем-л.
he showed the picture to all his friends - он показал картину всем своим друзьям
he spoke to the demonstration - он обратился с речью к участникам демонстрации
who(m) did you give the letter to? - кому вы отдали письмо?
2) лицо или предмет, воспринимающие какое-л. воздействие или впечатление или являющиеся объектом какого-л. отношения к, для; по отношению к; передаётся тж. дат. падежомattitude to smb., smth. - отношение к кому-л., чему-л.
his duty to his country - его долг по отношению к родине, его патриотический долг
known [unknown] to smb. - известный [неизвестный] кому-л.
clear to smb. - ясный кому-л. /для кого-л./
favourable [unfavourable] to smb. - благоприятный [неблагоприятный] для кого-л.
unjust to smb. - несправедливый к кому-л.
pleasing to smb. - приятный кому-л.
to be cruel to smb. - быть жестоким к кому-л.
injurious to smb., smth. - вредный для кого-л., чего-л.
it seems to me that - мне кажется, что
smth. has happened to him - с ним что-то случилось
3) лицо, эмоционально или интеллектуально заинтересованное в чём-л.; обычно передаётся дат. падежомwhat is that to you? - тебе-то какое до этого дело?; ты-то тут при чём?; почему это тебя интересует?
4) лицо, в честь которого что-л. совершается или провозглашается в честь, за; передаётся тж. дат. падежомto build a monument to smb. - воздвигнуть памятник кому-л. /в честь кого-л./
3. указывает на1) объект высказывания и т. п. в, о, на или придаточное предложениеto bear witness to smth. - давать показания о чём-л.
to testify to smth. - показывать, что; представлять доказательства о том, что
to swear to smth. - поклясться в чём-л.
to speak to smth. - высказываться в поддержку чего-л.
to confess to smth. - признаваться в чём-л.
to allude to smth. - сослаться или намекнуть на что-л.
2) объект права, претензии и т. п. наto have a right to smth. - иметь право на что-л.
to lay a claim to smth. - заявить претензию на что-л.
a document of title to land - документ, дающий право на владение землёй
(dis)obedience to smb.'s orders - (не)подчинение чьему-л. приказу
in answer /in reply/ to smth. - в ответ на что-л.
to reply to smb. - отвечать кому-л.
to come to smb.'s call - явиться по чьему-л. зову /на чей-л. зов/
what do you say to that? - что вы скажете по этому поводу?
what did he say to my suggestion? - как он отнёсся к моему предложению?
what do you say to a short walk? - как насчёт того, чтобы прогуляться?
4) эмоциональную реакцию на что-л. или оценку чего-л. кto his surprise [sorrow] - к его удивлению [огорчению]
to her horror, the beast approached - к её ужасу, зверь приближался
5) поэт. реакцию неодушевлённых предметов на что-л.:waves sparkling to the moonbeams - волны, сверкающие в лунном свете
flimsy houses that shake to the wind - лёгкие домики, которые дрожат от ветра
4. указывает на1) предел или степень доto the end, to the last - до конца
to a high degree - в высокой /в большой/ степени
to the exclusion of all others - и никто больше, и никто другой
stripped [naked] to the waist - раздетый [обнажённый] до пояса
rotten to the core - насквозь гнилой, прогнивший до сердцевины
to fight to the last drop of one's blood - биться до последней капли крови
to defend one's country to the death - стоять насмерть, защищая родину
to count up to ten [to a hundred] - считать до десяти [до ста]
to cut smth. down to a minimum - довести что-л. до минимума
the membership of the club increased to 350 - количество членов клуба достигло 350
2) временной предел доthe custom survives to this day - этот обычай сохранился до наших дней /существует и поныне/
I shall remember it to my dying day - я буду помнить это до (своего) смертного часа
3) степень точности доto guess the weight of smth. to within a kilo - угадать вес чего-л. почти до килограмма
4) пределы колебаний доthe weather over the period was moderate to cool - погода в этот период колебалась от умеренной до прохладной
5) изменение положения или достижение нового состояния и т. п. в, до, на; передаётся тж. глаголомto put smb. to flight - обратить кого-л. в бегство
to tear smth. to pieces /to bits/ - разорвать что-л. на куски
to beat smb. to death - избить кого-л. до смерти
to convert a warehouse to a dance-hall - превратить склад в зал для танцев
6) меру наказания кto sentence smb. to prison [to deportation] - приговорить кого-л. к тюремному заключению [к высылке]
to sentence smb. to death - приговорить кого-л. к смерти /к смертной казни/
5. указывает на1) переход к другой теме разговора, к другому занятию и т. п. кhe turned to the page he had marked - он вернулся к странице, которую отметил
2) начало действия заto fall /to set, to turn/ to smth. - приниматься за что-л.
he turned to eating [to reading] - он принялся за еду [за чтение]
6. указывает на1) цель на, к, для, с цельюto the end that - с (той) целью чтобы; для того чтобы
to no purpose - напрасно, безрезультатно
a means to an end - средство, ведущее к цели
to come to dinner [to tea] - прийти к обеду [к чаю] /пообедать [попить чаю]/
2) результат кto come to a conclusion [to a decision] - прийти к выводу [к решению]
3) тенденцию, склонность, намерение кa tendency to smth. - тенденция к чему-л.
to be given to smth. - быть склонным к чему-л.
4) предназначение для, подa horse bred to the plow - лошадь, приученная к плугу /приученная пахать/
a field planted to rice - поле, отведённое /пущенное/ под рис; поле, засеянное рисом
5) возможность воздействия, незащищённость против воздействия чего-л.; передаётся дат. падежом:exposed to the sunlight - подвергающийся действию солнца, незащищённый от солнца
1) сравнения или сопоставления в сравнении с, по сравнению с; передаётся тж. дат. падежомcompared to... - по сравнению с...
equal to smth. - равный чему-л.
superior to smth. - лучше, чем что-л.; превосходящий что-л.
inferior to smth. - хуже, чем что-л.
similar to smth. - подобный чему-л.; похожий на что-л.
he prefers listening to talking - он больше любит слушать, чем говорить
this is nothing to what it might be - это пустяки по сравнению с тем, что могло (бы) быть
2) соотношения или пропорции к, наthree goals to nil - три - ноль (в футболе и т. п.)
three parts flour to one part butter - три части муки на одну часть масла ( кулинарный рецепт)
four apples to a pound - четыре яблока на фунт, по фунту за четыре яблока
it's a hundred to one (that) it won't happen - вероятность того, что это не случится /не произойдёт/, не больше одной сотой
3) соответствия чему-л. по, на; передаётся тж. дат. падежомto my knowledge - насколько я знаю; насколько мне известно
to my mind /thinking/ - по-моему
(not) to one's liking /taste/ - (не) по вкусу кому-л.
made to order [to measure] - сделанный на заказ [по мерке]
words set to music - слова, положенные на музыку
what tune is it sung to? - на какой мотив это поётся?
4) ( музыкального) сопровождения подto write to smb.'s dictation - писать под чью-л. диктовку
8. указывает на1) составную часть чего-л. или принадлежность к чему-л. к, от, для; передаётся тж. род падежом2) фазу процесса, аспект явления:9. указывает на1) контакт, близость ( в адвербиальных оборотах с повторением существительного) кhand to hand - бок о бок, рядом
they stood man to man - они стояли тесно /один к одному/
2) близость, тесное соприкосновение, а также прикрепление кto be close to smb., smth. - быть близко к кому-л., чему-л.
to tie smth. to smth. - привязать что-л. к чему-л.
to fix smth. to smth. - прикрепить что-л. к чему-л.
to clasp smb. to one's heart - прижать кого-л. к сердцу
to fasten smth. to the wall - прикрепить что-л. к стене
3) добавление, прибавление или сложение к, сput it to what you already have - прибавьте /добавьте/ это к тому, что у вас уже есть
will you have sugar to your tea? - вы будете пить чай с сахаром?
10. указывает на родственные, служебные и др. отношения; передается род. падежомto be engaged to smb. - быть помолвленным с кем-л.
11. указывает на содержание или степень содержательности чего-л. вa book without much to it - не слишком интересная книга; книга так себе
there isn't much to it - а) в этом нет ничего особенного /мудрёного/; б) это немногого стоит
there's nothing to it - а) это проще простого, это проще пареной репы; в этом нет никакой премудрости; б) это яйца выеденного не стоит
that's all there is to it - вот и всё; вот и вся недолга; это очень просто
is there nothing more to civilization than a moral code? - неужто (вся) цивилизация сводится к морали?
12. указывает на1) время по часам без2) отнесение к какому-л. времени в прошлом кa ceremony dating to the first century - обряд, относящийся к первому веку
3) диал. точное время в13. бухг. указывает на отнесение суммы в дебет счёта:to goods £100 - 100 фунтов на товары /отнесение стоимости товаров в 100 фунтов/ в дебет счёта
14. уст. указывает на использование в каком-л. качестве как, вto call smb. to witness - ссылаться на кого-л., призывать кого-л. в свидетели
♢
from... to см. from 9from dawn to dusk - с восхода до заката, от зари до зари
to go from bad to worse - всё (время) ухудшаться, становиться всё хуже и хуже
to a T - полностью, совершенно
to oneself - в своё распоряжение, в своём распоряжении
to tell smth. to smb.'s face - сказать что-л. кому-л. (прямо) в лицо
to be used to smth. [to doing smth.] - привыкнуть к чему-л. [делать что-л.]
3. [tu:,tʋ,tə] partwould to God /to Heaven/! - о господи!
to go away would be to admit defeat - уйти означало бы признать себя побеждённым
he refused [agreed] to come - он отказался [согласился] прийти
he was seen to enter the house - видели, что он вошёл в дом
she would like it to be true - она бы хотела, чтобы это оказалось правдой
I'm ready [happy] to do it - я готов [счастлив] сделать это
you're foolish to believe it - глупо, что ты веришь этому
he was the first [the last] to come - он пришёл первым [последним]
that's good to eat - вкусная штука /вещь/
write down the address not to forget it - запишите адрес, чтобы не забыть его
we parted never to meet again - мы расстались, чтобы никогда больше не встречаться
to hear him talk you would imagine that he's somebody - послушать его - так можно подумать, что он важная персона
2. употребляется после ряда глаголов, чтобы избежать повторения инфинитива:tell him if you want to - скажите ему, если хотите
take the money, it would be absurd not to - возьмите деньги; было бы нелепо отказываться от них
-
104 purè
1. conj even if( tuttavia) (and) yet2. adv too, as wellpur di in order tovenga pure avanti! do come in!* * *pure avv.1 ( anche) also; ( in fine di frase) too, as well; ( perfino) even: la casa ha pure il giardino, the house has a garden too (o as well); aspettami, vengo pure io, wait for me, I'm coming too (o as well); ci saremo tutti e spero ci sarai pure tu, we'll all be there and I hope you'll come too; lui pure si è sbagliato, he was wrong as well; ho invitato pure lei e la sorella, I've invited her and her sister too; c'erano un divano di pelle e due poltrone, pure di pelle, there was a leather settee and two armchairs, also of leather; sapevano che era un compito difficile, come pure sapevano che..., they knew it was a difficult task and also that...; conosce bene il francese, l'inglese e pure il russo, he knows French and English well, and Russian too; tra gli ospiti d'onore c'era pure il sindaco, the mayor was also among the guests of honour; ne ha sofferto molto e si è pure ammalato, it hurt him greatly and even made him ill; si è venduto tutto, pure i mobili di casa, he sold everything, even the furniture // Robert è inglese, e la moglie pure, Robert is English, so is his wife; lui lavora, e lei pure, he works, so does she; ''Loro sono sempre puntuali'' ''Noi pure'', ''They are always punctual'' ''So are we''; ''Noi partiamo domani'' ''Pure loro'', ''We're leaving tomorrow'' ''So are they''; ''Mi è piaciuto molto quel film'' ''Pure a me'', ''I liked that film very much'' ''So did I'' // quando pure, se pure, ammesso pure che, even if: se pure me l'avessero detto, che cosa avrei potuto fare?, even if they had told me, what could I have done?2 ( con valore concessivo): vieni, entra pure, please come in; andate pure, you may go; fate pure con comodo, take your time; parlate pure liberamente, you can speak freely; sedete pure, please be seated; telefona pure quando vuoi, you can call me whenever you like3 ( con valore enfatico o intensivo): credi pure che è un mascalzone, believe me, he's a real scoundrel; bisognerà pure che tu prenda una decisione, you'll have to make up your mind; bisogna pur campare!, you've got to live!4 (letter.) ( proprio, davvero): è pur vero che non ci si può fidare di nessuno, it's a fact that you can't trust anyonepure cong.1 ( sebbene) even though; ( anche se) even if: pur non essendo un cattivo pianista, non ha successo, even though he isn't a bad pianist, he isn't successful; pur volendo, non riuscirei a farlo, I couldn't do it even if I wanted to; pur non conoscendo l'inglese, se l'è cavata benissimo in Inghilterra, even though he didn't know any English, he got on fine in England; fosse pure d'oro, non lo vorrei, I wouldn't like it even if it were gold // sia pure, ( anche se, per quanto) however: avrebbe bisogno di un aiuto, sia pure modesto, he needs help, however little it is; a quel punto dovetti, sia pur a malincuore, congedarmi da loro, at that point I was obliged, however unwillingly, to leave them2 ( tuttavia, eppure) but, yet: sarà anche vero, pure stento a crederlo, it may even be true, but I doubt it; è giovane, pure ha molto buon senso, he's young but he's got plenty of common sense; non ha una bella situazione, pure non si lamenta mai, he isn't in a good situation at all, but he never complains; non ha neanche telefonato, pure sapeva che lo stavamo aspettando, he didn't even telephone, yet he knew we were waiting for him3 pur di ( con valore finale) (in order) to; (just) to: darei qualunque cosa pur di vederlo sistemato, I'd give anything (just) to see him settled.* * *['pure]1. avv1) (anche) too, as well, also, (in proposizioni negative) eitherviene suo fratello e pure sua sorella — his brother is coming as is his sister, his brother is coming and his sister is too o as well
2)faccia pure! — please do!, by all means!, go ahead!2. cong1) (tuttavia, nondimeno) but, and yet, neverthelessnon è facile, pure bisogna riuscirci — it's not easy and yet we have to succeed
è giovane, pure ha buon senso — he's young but he's sensible
2) (anche se, sebbene) even thoughpur non volendolo, ho dovuto farlo — I had to do it even though I didn't want to
3)pur di vederlo contento farebbe di tutto — she would do anything to make him happy* * *['pure] 1.1) (anche) too, also, as wellc'ero pure io — I was there too o as well
fosse pure per ragioni umanitarie non lo farei — even if it were a humanitarian gesture, I wouldn't do it
non solo è disonesto, (ma) se ne vanta pure — not only is he dishonest but on top of that he boasts about it
2) (dopotutto) wellavrò pure il diritto di scherzare? — I can joke about it, can't I?
bisogna pur riconoscere che — it can be said, with some justice, that
3) (enfatico)c'è la pur minima possibilità che...? — is it at all likely that...?
4) (esortativo)parla pure! — go ahead, have your say!
diglielo pure — tell him, if you like
2.va' pure, fa' solo attenzione! — you can go, only be careful!
1) (sebbene) although, even if, (even) thoughpur volendolo, non potrei farlo — I couldn't do it even if I wanted to
2) (tuttavia) yet, butè un tipo strano, pure mi piace — he's a strange chap, but I still like him
3) pur di (in order) to4) quando pure, se pure, pure se even if, even thoughquando pure o pure se lo volessi, non potrei accontentarti — even if I wanted to, I couldn't help you
5) sia pure althoughsia pure a malincuore, devo andarmene — although I hate to, I really must go
* * *purè/pu'rε/m. e f.inv.gastr. puree; purè di patate mashed potatoes; purè in fiocchi instant mashed potatoes; fare un purè di, ridurre in purè to puree [frutta, verdura]. -
105 término
m.1 term, word, definition, expression.2 end, completion, termination, tag end.3 fixed period of time, term.4 end of the line, end of the road.5 terminus.* * *1 (fin) end, finish2 (estación) terminus, terminal4 (plazo) term, time, period5 (palabra) term, word6 (estado) condition, state7 (lugar, posición) place8 (en matemáticas, gramática) term1 (condiciones) conditions, terms\dar término a algo to conclude somethingen otros términos in other wordsen términos de in terms ofen términos generales generally speakingen último término figurado as a last resortinvertir los términos to get it the wrong way roundllevar algo a buen término to carry something through successfullyponer término a algo to put an end to somethingpor término medio on averageprimer término ARTE foregroundtérmino mayor/medio/menor major/middle/minor termtérmino medio middle ground, area of compromisetérmino municipal districttérminos de un contrato DERECHO terms of a contract* * *noun m.1) term2) end* * *SM1) (=fin) end, conclusion frm•
al término del partido/del debate — at the end o frm conclusion of the match/of the debatedio término a la obra que su antecesor dejó sin concluir — he completed the work that his predecessor had left unfinished
•
llegar a término — [negociación, proyecto] to be completed, come to a conclusion; [embarazo] to go to (full) term•
llevar algo a término — to bring sth to a conclusionllevar algo a buen o feliz término — to bring sth to a successful conclusion
llevar a término un embarazo — to go to (full) term, carry a pregnancy to full term
•
poner término a algo — to put an end to sth2) (=lugar)en primer término podemos contemplar la torre — in the foreground, we can see the tower
de ahí se deduce, en primer término, que... — thus we may deduce, firstly, that...
•
segundo término — middle distancecon la recesión el problema pasó a un segundo término — with the recession the problem took second place
la decisión, en último término, es suya — ultimately, the decision is his
la causa fue, en último término, la crisis económica de los 70 — the cause was, in the final o last analysis, the economic crisis of the 70s
en último término puedes dormir en el sofá — if the worst comes to the worst, you can always sleep on the sofa
término medio — (=punto medio) happy medium; (=solución intermedia) compromise, middle way
ni mucho ni poco, queremos un término medio — neither too much nor too little, we want a happy medium
como o por término medio — on average
3) (Ling) (=palabra, expresión) termera una revolucionaria, en el buen sentido del término — she was a revolutionary in the good sense of the word
4) pl términosa) (=palabras) termshan perdido unos 10.000 millones de dólares en términos de productividad — they have lost some 10,000 million dollars in terms of productivity
•
en términos generales — in general terms, generally speaking•
(dicho) en otros términos,... — in other words...b) (=condiciones) [de contrato, acuerdo, tregua] terms•
estar en buenos términos con algn — to be on good terms with sb5) (Mat, Fil) [de fracción, ecuación] term6) (=límite) [de terreno] boundary, limit; (=en carretera) boundary stonetérmino municipal — municipal district, municipal area
7) (=plazo) period, term frmen el término de diez días — within a period o frm term of ten days
-¿qué término quiere la carne? -término medio, por favor — "how would you like the meat?" - "medium, please"
9) (Ferro) terminus* * *1) (frml) ( final) end, conclusion (frml)2) ( plazo) perioda término fijo — (Col) <contrato/inversión> fixed-term (before n)
en el término de la distancia — (Col fam) in the time it takes me/him to get there
3) (posición, instancia)en primer término — first o first of all
4) (Ling) term5) (Fil, Mat) terminvertir los términos — (Mat) to invert the terms
invirtió los términos de manera que... — he twisted the facts in such a way that...
6) términos masculino plural (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)estar en buenos/malos términos con alguien — to be on good/bad terms with somebody
7) (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc)¿qué término quiere la carne? — how would you like your meat (done)?
* * *= term, rubric, output stage, end point [endpoint].Ex. Many other terms are used to denote a regurgitation or abbreviation of document content.Ex. And, as another instance, it's not fair to employ rubrics for ethnic groups that are not their own, preferred names.Ex. To rephrase this in terms already used, they involve effort at the input stage in order to reduce effort at the output stage = Expresando esto con términos ya usados, suponen un esfuerzo en la etapa inicial con objeto de reducir el esfuerzo en la etapa final.Ex. The process reaches its end point when information is gathered, indexed and compiled into a useful format for public and library staff use.----* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.* acuñar un término = coin + term.* agrupar los términos sinónimos = merge + synonyms.* análisis de coocurrencia de términos = co-word analysis.* búsqueda por términos ponderados = weighted term search.* como término medio = on average.* coocurrencia de términos = co-word [coword].* encontrar un término medio entre... y = tread + a middle path between... and.* en otros términos = in other words.* en términos absolutos = in absolute terms.* en términos actuales = in today's terms.* en términos claros = in simple terms.* en términos de = in terms of.* en términos generales = in broad terms, generally speaking.* en términos reales = in real terms, in actual practice.* en términos relativos = in relative terms.* en último término = in the last analysis, in the final analysis.* expresar en términos = couch + in terms.* ficha de término = term card.* fichero de registro por término = term record file.* hablando en términos generales = loosely speaking.* hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.* incluir en la búsqueda los términos relacionados = explode.* índice de registro por término = term record index.* índice de términos permutados = Permuterm index.* intentar encontrar un término medio entre... y... = tread + a delicate line between... and.* llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.* lógica de términos ponderados = weighted term logic.* método de la coocurrencia de términos = co-word method.* mostrar los términos relacionados = expand.* negociar los términos de un contrato = negotiate + terms.* orden de ampliar la búsqueda a los términos relaci = explode command.* orden de mostrar los términos relacionados = expand command.* ponderación de los términos de la ecuación de búsqueda = query term weighting.* ponderación de términos = term weight, term weighting.* poner término a = put + paid to.* por término medio = on average.* presentación gráfica de términos permutados = permuted display.* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.* referencias laterales a términos de igual especificidad = sideways link.* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation, word sense disambiguation.* seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.* selección de términos = extraction of terms, term selection.* tener por término medio = average.* término admitido = preferred term.* término al que se envía = target term.* término asociado = related term.* Término Asociado (TA) = AT (Associated Term).* término buscado = sought term.* término colectivo = collective term.* término compuesto = multi-word term.* término compuesto de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept term.* término coordinado (TC) = CT (co-ordinate term).* término de acción = action term.* término de búsqueda = search term, search word.* término de indización = indexing term.* término de indización controlado = controlled index term, controlled indexing term.* término de la búsqueda = query term.* término del índice = index term.* término del lenguaje controlado = controlled-language term.* término del lenguaje de indización controlado = controlled index-language term.* término del lenguaje natural = natural-language term.* término del que se envía = referred-from term.* término de origen = referred-from term.* término equivalente = equivalent term.* término específico = specific term, subordinate term.* término específico genérico (NTG) = narrower term generic (NTG).* término específico partitivo (NTP) = narrower term partitive (NTP).* término general = superordinate term.* término genérico (TG) = GT (generic term).* término global = umbrella, umbrella term.* término impreciso = fuzzy term.* término inicial = lead-in term, leading term.* termino inicial de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead term, main heading.* término invertido = inverted term.* término más específico = narrower term.* término más general = broader term, wider term.* término más genérico = broader term.* término medio = compromise, happy medium, balance.* término no admitido = non-preferred term, unused term.* término no buscado = unsought term.* término oculto = hidden term.* término partitivo = partitive term.* término ponderado = weighted term.* término principal = main term.* término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.* término que solapa a otro en el significado (TX) = XT (overlapping term).* término referenciado = target term.* términos = wording.* términos controlados = controlled terms.* términos de un contrato = contract stipulations.* término secundario = qualifying term.* término sinónimo = ST, synonymous term.* término sin ponderar = unweighted term.* término superior = top term, TT.* términos y condiciones = terms and conditions.* términos y condiciones de la licencia = licence terms and conditions, licence terms.* tomar por término medio = average.* TR (término relacionado) = RT (related term).* * *1) (frml) ( final) end, conclusion (frml)2) ( plazo) perioda término fijo — (Col) <contrato/inversión> fixed-term (before n)
en el término de la distancia — (Col fam) in the time it takes me/him to get there
3) (posición, instancia)en primer término — first o first of all
4) (Ling) term5) (Fil, Mat) terminvertir los términos — (Mat) to invert the terms
invirtió los términos de manera que... — he twisted the facts in such a way that...
6) términos masculino plural (condiciones, especificaciones) terms (pl)estar en buenos/malos términos con alguien — to be on good/bad terms with somebody
7) (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc)¿qué término quiere la carne? — how would you like your meat (done)?
* * *= term, rubric, output stage, end point [endpoint].Ex: Many other terms are used to denote a regurgitation or abbreviation of document content.
Ex: And, as another instance, it's not fair to employ rubrics for ethnic groups that are not their own, preferred names.Ex: To rephrase this in terms already used, they involve effort at the input stage in order to reduce effort at the output stage = Expresando esto con términos ya usados, suponen un esfuerzo en la etapa inicial con objeto de reducir el esfuerzo en la etapa final.Ex: The process reaches its end point when information is gathered, indexed and compiled into a useful format for public and library staff use.* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.* acuñar un término = coin + term.* agrupar los términos sinónimos = merge + synonyms.* análisis de coocurrencia de términos = co-word analysis.* búsqueda por términos ponderados = weighted term search.* como término medio = on average.* coocurrencia de términos = co-word [coword].* encontrar un término medio entre... y = tread + a middle path between... and.* en otros términos = in other words.* en términos absolutos = in absolute terms.* en términos actuales = in today's terms.* en términos claros = in simple terms.* en términos de = in terms of.* en términos generales = in broad terms, generally speaking.* en términos reales = in real terms, in actual practice.* en términos relativos = in relative terms.* en último término = in the last analysis, in the final analysis.* expresar en términos = couch + in terms.* ficha de término = term card.* fichero de registro por término = term record file.* hablando en términos generales = loosely speaking.* hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.* incluir en la búsqueda los términos relacionados = explode.* índice de registro por término = term record index.* índice de términos permutados = Permuterm index.* intentar encontrar un término medio entre... y... = tread + a delicate line between... and.* llevar a buen término = bring to + a close.* lógica de términos ponderados = weighted term logic.* método de la coocurrencia de términos = co-word method.* mostrar los términos relacionados = expand.* negociar los términos de un contrato = negotiate + terms.* orden de ampliar la búsqueda a los términos relaci = explode command.* orden de mostrar los términos relacionados = expand command.* ponderación de los términos de la ecuación de búsqueda = query term weighting.* ponderación de términos = term weight, term weighting.* poner término a = put + paid to.* por término medio = on average.* presentación gráfica de términos permutados = permuted display.* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.* referencias laterales a términos de igual especificidad = sideways link.* resolución de la ambigüedad entre términos = term disambiguation, word sense disambiguation.* seguro de vida a término = term life insurance.* selección de términos = extraction of terms, term selection.* tener por término medio = average.* término admitido = preferred term.* término al que se envía = target term.* término asociado = related term.* Término Asociado (TA) = AT (Associated Term).* término buscado = sought term.* término colectivo = collective term.* término compuesto = multi-word term.* término compuesto de conceptos múltiples = multiple-concept term.* término coordinado (TC) = CT (co-ordinate term).* término de acción = action term.* término de búsqueda = search term, search word.* término de indización = indexing term.* término de indización controlado = controlled index term, controlled indexing term.* término de la búsqueda = query term.* término del índice = index term.* término del lenguaje controlado = controlled-language term.* término del lenguaje de indización controlado = controlled index-language term.* término del lenguaje natural = natural-language term.* término del que se envía = referred-from term.* término de origen = referred-from term.* término equivalente = equivalent term.* término específico = specific term, subordinate term.* término específico genérico (NTG) = narrower term generic (NTG).* término específico partitivo (NTP) = narrower term partitive (NTP).* término general = superordinate term.* término genérico (TG) = GT (generic term).* término global = umbrella, umbrella term.* término impreciso = fuzzy term.* término inicial = lead-in term, leading term.* termino inicial de un encabezamiento compuesto = lead term, main heading.* término invertido = inverted term.* término más específico = narrower term.* término más general = broader term, wider term.* término más genérico = broader term.* término medio = compromise, happy medium, balance.* término no admitido = non-preferred term, unused term.* término no buscado = unsought term.* término oculto = hidden term.* término partitivo = partitive term.* término ponderado = weighted term.* término principal = main term.* término que representa un único concepto = one concept term.* término que solapa a otro en el significado (TX) = XT (overlapping term).* término referenciado = target term.* términos = wording.* términos controlados = controlled terms.* términos de un contrato = contract stipulations.* término secundario = qualifying term.* término sinónimo = ST, synonymous term.* término sin ponderar = unweighted term.* término superior = top term, TT.* términos y condiciones = terms and conditions.* términos y condiciones de la licencia = licence terms and conditions, licence terms.* tomar por término medio = average.* TR (término relacionado) = RT (related term).* * *al término de la reunión at the end o conclusion of the meetingllevar a buen término las negociaciones to bring the negotiations to a successful conclusiondio or pulso término a sus vacaciones he ended his vacationB (plazo) perioden el término de una semana within a weekC(posición, instancia): fue relegado a un segundo término he was relegated to second placeen último término as a last resorten primer término first o first of allCompuestos:happy mediumpara él no hay términos medios there's no happy medium o no in-between with himpor or como término medio on average( Esp) municipal areaen el término municipal de Alcobendas within the Alcobendas municipal area o ( AmE) city limitsD ( Ling) termglosario de términos científicos glossary of scientific termsse expresó en términos elogiosos she spoke in highly favorable termssoluciones eficientes en términos de costos y mantenimiento efficient solutions in terms of costs and maintenanceen términos generales no está mal generally speaking, it's not baden términos reales in real termsinvertir los términos ( Mat) to invert the termsinvirtió los términos de manera que yo parecía el culpable he twisted the facts in such a way that it looked as if I was to blamesegún los términos de este acuerdo according to the terms of this agreementestar en buenos/malos términos con algn to be on good/bad terms with sbnuestra relación sigue en buenos términos our relationship remains on a good footing o we are still on good termsG(Col, Méx) ( Coc): ¿qué término quiere la carne? how would you like your meat (done)?* * *
Del verbo terminar: ( conjugate terminar)
termino es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
terminó es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
terminar
término
terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish;
‹casa/obras› to finish, complete;
‹discusión/conflicto› to put an end to;
término la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona]
término de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
va a término mal he's going to come to a bad end;
terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving
2
esto va a término mal this is going to turn out o end badlyb) ( rematar) término EN algo to end in sth;
c) ( llegar a):
no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
3
‹con problema/abuso› to put an end to sthb) término con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;
( matar) to kill sb
terminarse verbo pronominal
1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;
2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over
3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
término sustantivo masculino
1 (posición, instancia):
término medio happy medium;
por término medio on average
2 (Ling) term;
3
4 (Col, Méx, Ven) (Coc):◊ ¿qué término quiere la carne? how would you like your meat (done)?
terminar
I verbo transitivo
1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it
(dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer?
(acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end
término sustantivo masculino
1 (vocablo) term, word: respondió en términos muy corteses, he answered very politely
un término técnico, a technical term
2 (fin, extremo) end
3 (territorio) el término municipal de Arganda, Arganda municipal district
4 (plazo) contéstame en el término de una semana, give me an answer within a week
5 términos mpl (de un contrato, etc) terms
en términos generales, generally speaking 6 por término medio, on average
♦ Locuciones: figurado en último término, as a last resort
' término' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abogada
- abogado
- distraerse
- fin
- índice
- infarto
- nariz
- radical
- tecnicismo
- terminar
- terminarse
- costa
- despectivo
- empate
- estación
- mico
- muela
English:
average
- baby
- culminate
- feud
- misnomer
- more
- on
- over
- rattle through
- Secretary of State
- term
- blow
- have
- liability
- medium
- next
- no
- note
- terminate
* * *término nm1. [fin] end;al término de la reunión se ofrecerá una rueda de prensa there will be a press conference at the conclusion of the meeting;dar término a algo [discurso, reunión, discusión] to bring sth to a close;[visita, vacaciones] to end;llegó a su término it came to an end;llevar algo a buen término to bring sth to a successful conclusion;poner término a algo [relación, amenazas] to put an end to sth;[discusión, debate] to bring sth to a closesu carrera como modelo ha quedado en un segundo término y ahora se dedica al cine her modelling career now takes second place to her acting;en último término [en cuadros, fotografías] in the background;[si es necesario] as a last resort; [en resumidas cuentas] in the final analysis3. [punto, situación] point;llegados a este término hay que tomar una decisión we have reached the point where we have to take a decisiontérmino medio [media] average; [arreglo] compromise, happy medium;por término medio on average4. [palabra] term;lo dijo, aunque no con o [m5] en esos términos that's what he said, although he didn't put it quite the same way;en términos generales generally speaking;en términos de Freud in Freud's words;los términos del acuerdo/contrato the terms of the agreement/contract6. [relaciones]estar en buenos/malos términos (con) to be on good/bad terms (with)8. [plazo] period;en el término de un mes within (the space of) a month9. [de línea férrea, de autobús] terminus10. [linde, límite] boundary* * *m1 end, conclusion;poner término a algo put an end to sth;llevar a término bring to an end2 ( palabra) term;en términos generales in general terms3:4:por término medio on average;en primer término in the foreground;en último término as a last resort5 ( periodo):en el término de in the period of, in the space of* * *término nm1) conclusión: end, conclusion2) : term, expression3) : period, term of office4)término medio : happy medium5) términos nmpl: terms, specificationslos términos del acuerdo: the terms of the agreement* * *término n1. (en general) term2. (fin) end -
106 hacia
prep.1 toward.hacia aquí/allí this/that wayhacia abajo downwardshacia arriba upwardhacia adelante forwardhacia atrás backwardhacia la izquierda/derecha to the left/right2 around, about (time).hacia las diez around o about ten o'clockempezó a perder la vista hacia los sesenta años he started to lose his sight at around the age of sixtyhacia finales de año toward the end of the yearHacia la medianoche.. Around midnight....3 toward (sentimiento).siente hostilidad hacia las reformas he is hostile toward the reforms4 toward (tendencia).un paso más hacia la guerra civil a further step toward civil war* * *1 (dirección) towards, to2 (tiempo) at about, at around\hacia abajo downward(s), downhacia acá this wayhacia adelante forward(s)hacia allá that wayhacia atrás backward(s), backhacia casa home, homeward, towards home* * *prep.1) towards, toward2) near, about•- hacia adelante* * *PREP1) [indicando dirección] towards, in the direction ofeso está más hacia el este — that's further (over) to the east, that's more in an easterly direction
vamos hacia allá — let's go in that direction, let's go over that way
¿hacia dónde vamos? — where are we going?
hacia abajo — down, downwards
hacia arriba — up, upwards
2) [con expresiones temporales] about, nearhacia las cinco — about five, around five
hacia mediodía — about noon, around noon
3) (=ante) towards* * *a) ( indicando dirección) toward, towards[el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma toward mientras que el inglés británico prefiere la forma towards]hacia el sur — southward(s), toward(s) the south
¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? — which way do we have to go?
empujar hacia arriba/atrás — to push upward(s)/backward(s)
b) ( indicando aproximación) toward(s)llegaremos hacia las dos — we'll arrive towards o at around two
c) ( con respecto a) toward(s)su actitud hacia mí — his attitude toward(s) o to me
* * *= in the direction of, into, toward(s).Ex. Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.Ex. And thirdly and most importantly, I am concerned about some movements which I think symptomatize ideological deterioration and would have us, as someone put it, march boldly backwards into the future.Ex. An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.----* dar un paso hacia delante = step up.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de miras hacia el exterior = outward looking.* de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.* desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time.* desplazar hacia la derecha = inset.* desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.* desplazarse hacia atrás = draw back, move + backwards.* directamente hacia el este = due east.* directamente hacia el norte = due north.* directamente hacia el oeste = due west.* directamente hacia el sur = due south.* enumerar hacia atrás = list + backwards.* enumerar hacia delante = list + forwards.* hacia abajo = downward.* hacia adelante = onward(s), straight ahead, straight on.* hacia adelante y hacia atrás = to and fro.* hacia arriba = upwards, upward.* hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down, up and down.* hacia atrás = backwards, backward(s).* hacia dentro = inward.* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?, whither?.* hacia el centro de la ciudad = townward.* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.* hacia el frente = ahead.* hacia el futuro = onward(s).* hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.* hacia el norte = northbound.* hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.* hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.* hacia finales del + Siglo = later + Siglo, the.* hacia fuera = outwards.* hacia la izquierda = leftwards, leftward.* hacia la proa = abaft.* hacia proa = abaft.* hacia un lado(s) = sideways.* inclinarse hacia delante = tip forward.* mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.* moverse hacia atrás y hacia delante = move back and forth, move back and forth.* tambalearse hacia delante y hacia atrás = wobble back and forth, wobble back and forth.* tecla de desplazamiento hacia abajo = ↓ (Down) key, down arrow key.* tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.* viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.* * *a) ( indicando dirección) toward, towards[el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma toward mientras que el inglés británico prefiere la forma towards]hacia el sur — southward(s), toward(s) the south
¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? — which way do we have to go?
empujar hacia arriba/atrás — to push upward(s)/backward(s)
b) ( indicando aproximación) toward(s)llegaremos hacia las dos — we'll arrive towards o at around two
c) ( con respecto a) toward(s)su actitud hacia mí — his attitude toward(s) o to me
* * *= in the direction of, into, toward(s).Ex: Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.
Ex: And thirdly and most importantly, I am concerned about some movements which I think symptomatize ideological deterioration and would have us, as someone put it, march boldly backwards into the future.Ex: An appreciation of alternative approaches is particularly important in this field where trends towards standardisation are the norm.* dar un paso hacia delante = step up.* de dentro hacia fuera = inside outwards.* de miras hacia el exterior = outward looking.* de miras hacia fuera = outwardly.* desde hace mucho tiempo = for a long time.* desplazar hacia la derecha = inset.* desplazarse hacia arriba = move up.* desplazarse hacia atrás = draw back, move + backwards.* directamente hacia el este = due east.* directamente hacia el norte = due north.* directamente hacia el oeste = due west.* directamente hacia el sur = due south.* enumerar hacia atrás = list + backwards.* enumerar hacia delante = list + forwards.* hacia abajo = downward.* hacia adelante = onward(s), straight ahead, straight on.* hacia adelante y hacia atrás = to and fro.* hacia arriba = upwards, upward.* hacia arriba y hacia abajo = up and down, up and down.* hacia atrás = backwards, backward(s).* hacia dentro = inward.* ¿hacia dónde se dirige(n)...? = whither?.* ¿hacia dónde va(n)...? = whither?, whither?.* hacia el centro de la ciudad = townward.* hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.* hacia el frente = ahead.* hacia el futuro = onward(s).* hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.* hacia el norte = northbound.* hacia el oeste = westward(s), westbound.* hacia el sur = southward(s), southbound.* hacia finales del + Siglo = later + Siglo, the.* hacia fuera = outwards.* hacia la izquierda = leftwards, leftward.* hacia la proa = abaft.* hacia proa = abaft.* hacia un lado(s) = sideways.* inclinarse hacia delante = tip forward.* mirando hacia atrás = in retrospect.* moverse hacia atrás y hacia delante = move back and forth, move back and forth.* tambalearse hacia delante y hacia atrás = wobble back and forth, wobble back and forth.* tecla de desplazamiento hacia abajo = ↓ (Down) key, down arrow key.* tecla de desplazamiento hacia arriba = ↑ (up) key, up arrow key.* viajar hacia atrás en el tiempo = travel back in + time.* * *1(indicando dirección) toward, towards [ el inglés norteamericano prefiere la forma,etc] se dirigían hacia el sur they were heading south o southward(s) o toward(s) the southla puerta se abre hacia adentro the door opens inward(s)el país avanza hacia la democracia the country is moving toward(s) democracyla fuga de capitales hacia el exterior the flight of capital abroadel centro queda hacia allá the center is (over) that way¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? which way do we have to go?un movimiento hacia arriba/atrás an upward/backward movementempujar hacia arriba/atrás to push upward(s)/backward(s)2(indicando aproximación) toward(s) [ ver nota en la sección a] hacia finales de siglo/el final del primer acto toward(s) the end of the century/of the first acthacia el límite con el Brasil toward(s) the Brazilian borderllegaremos hacia las dos we'll arrive (at) about twoesto sucedió hacia las nueve de la mañana this occurred at approximately o toward(s) nine in the morning3 (con respecto a) toward(s)su actitud hacia mí his attitude toward(s) o to me* * *
Del verbo hacer: ( conjugate hacer)
hacía es:
1ª persona singular (yo) imperfecto indicativo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperfecto indicativo
Multiple Entries:
hacer
hacia
hacer ( conjugate hacer) verbo transitivo
1
‹casa/carretera› to build;
‹ nido› to build, make;
‹ túnel› to make, dig;
‹dibujo/plano› to do, draw;
‹ lista› to make, draw up;
‹ resumen› to do, make;
‹ película› to make;
‹nudo/lazo› to tie;
‹pan/pastel› to make, bake;
‹vino/café/tortilla› to make;
‹ cerveza› to make, brew;
hacen buena pareja they make a lovely couple
estos zapatos me hacen daño these shoes hurt my feet
2
‹ milagro› to work, perform;
‹deberes/ejercicios/limpieza› to do;
‹ mandado› to run;
‹transacción/investigación› to carry out;
‹ experimento› to do, perform;
‹ entrevista› to conduct;
‹gira/viaje› to do;
‹ regalo› to give;
‹ favor› to do;
‹ trato› to make;
aún queda mucho por hacia there is still a lot (left) to do;
dar que hacia to make a lot of work
3 (formular, expresar) ‹declaración/promesa/oferta› to make;
‹proyecto/plan› to make, draw up;
‹crítica/comentario› to make, voice;
‹ pregunta› to ask;
4
◊ hacia caca (fam) to do a poop (AmE) o (BrE) a pooh (colloq);
hacia pis or pipí (fam) to have a pee (colloq);
hacia sus necesidades (euf) to go to the bathroom o toilet (euph)
◊ las vacas hacen `mu' cows go `moo'
5 ( adquirir) ‹dinero/fortuna› to make;
‹ amigo› to make
6 (preparar, arreglar) ‹ cama› to make;
‹ maleta› to pack;◊ hice el pescado al horno I did o cooked the fish in the oven;
tengo que hacia la comida I must make lunch;
ver tb comida b
7 ( recorrer) ‹trayecto/distancia› to do, cover
8 (en cálculos, enumeraciones):◊ son 180 … y 320 hacen 500 that's 180 … and 320 is o makes 500
1
¿hacemos algo esta noche? shall we do something tonight?;
hacia ejercicio to do (some) exercise;
¿hace algún deporte? do you play o do any sports?;
See Also→ amor 1b
◊ ¿qué hace tu padre? what does your father do?
2 (realizar cierta acción, actuar de cierta manera) to do;◊ ¡eso no se hace! you shouldn't do that!;
¡qué le vamos a hacia! what can you o (frml) one do?;
toca bien el piano — antes lo hacía mejor she plays the piano well — she used to play better;
haciala buena (fam): ¡ahora sí que la hice! now I've really done it!;
See Also→ tonto sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 (transformar en, volver) to make;
hizo pedazos la carta she tore the letter into tiny pieces;
ese vestido te hace más delgada that dress makes you look thinner;
hacia algo de algo to turn sth into sth;
quiero hacia de ti un gran actor I want to make a great actor of you
2a) (obligar a, ser causa de que)
me hizo abrirla he made me open it;
me hizo llorar it made me cry;
hágalo pasar tell him to come in;
me hizo esperar tres horas she kept me waiting for three hours;
hacia que algo/algn haga algo to make sth/sb do sthb)◊ hacer hacer algo to have o get sth done/made;
hice acortar las cortinas I had o got the curtains shortened
verbo intransitivo
1 (obrar, actuar):◊ déjame hacia a mí just let me handle this o take care of this;
¿cómo se hace para que te den la beca? what do you have to do to get the scholarship?;
hiciste bien en decírmelo you did o were right to tell me;
haces mal en mentir it's wrong of you to lie
2 (fingir, simular):
haz como si no lo conocieras act as if o pretend you don't know him
3 ( servir):◊ esta sábana hará de toldo this sheet will do for o as an awning;
la escuela hizo de hospital the school served as o was used as a hospital
4 ( interpretar personaje) hacia de algo/algn to play (the part of) sth/sb
(+ compl) ( sentar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
la trucha me hizo mal (AmL) the trout didn't agree with me
hacia v impers
1 ( refiriéndose al tiempo atmosférico):◊ hace frío/sol it's cold/sunny;
hace tres grados it's three degrees;
(nos) hizo un tiempo espantoso the weather was terrible
2 ( expresando tiempo transcurrido):
hace mucho que lo conozco I've known him for a long time;
hacía años que no lo veía I hadn't seen him for o in years;
¿cuánto hace que se fue? how long ago did she leave?;
hace poco/un año a short time/a year ago;
hasta hace poco until recently
hacerse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) (+ me/te/le etc):
se le hizo una ampolla she got a blister;
hacérsele algo a algn (Méx): por fin se le hizo ganar el premio she finally got to win the award
2
se hizo la cirugía estética she had plastic surgery
3 ( causarse):◊ ¿qué te hiciste en el brazo? what did you do to your arm?;
¿te hiciste daño? did you hurt yourself?
4 ( refiriéndose a necesidades fisiológicas):◊ todavía se hace pis/caca (fam) she still wets/messes herself
5 ( refl) ( adquirir) to make;
1
se están haciendo viejos they are getting o growing oldb) ( resultar):
(+ me/te/le etc)
se me hace difícil creerlo I find it very hard to believec) ( impers):
se está haciendo tarde it's getting late
e) (AmL) ( pasarle a):◊ ¿qué se habrá hecho María? what can have happened to María?
2 ( acostumbrarse) haciase a algo to get used to sth
3 ( fingirse):
¿es bobo o se (lo) hace? (fam) is he stupid or just a good actor? (colloq);
haciase pasar por algn (por periodista, doctor) to pass oneself off as sb
4 ( moverse) (+ compl) to move;
5
( de amigos) to make
hacia preposición
hacia adelante forward(s);
hacia adentro/arriba inward(s)/upward(s);
el centro queda hacia allá the center is (over) that way;
¿hacia dónde tenemos que ir? which way do we have to go?
◊ llegaremos hacia las dos we'll arrive toward(s) o at around two
◊ su actitud hacia mí his attitude toward(s) o to me
hacer
I verbo transitivo
1 (crear, fabricar, construir) to make
hacer un jersey, to make a sweater
hacer un puente, to build a bridge
2 (una acción) to do: eso no se hace, it isn't done
haz lo que quieras, do what you want
¿qué estás haciendo?, (en este momento) what are you doing?
(para vivir) what do you do (for a living)?
hace atletismo, he does athletics
hacer una carrera/ medicina, to do a degree/ medicine
3 (amigos, dinero) to make
4 (obligar, forzar) to make: hazle entrar en razón, make him see reason
5 (causar, provocar) to make: ese hombre me hace reír, that man makes me laugh
estos zapatos me hacen daño, these shoes are hurting me
no hagas llorar a tu hermana, don't make your sister cry
6 (arreglar) to make
hacer la cama, to make the bed
hacer la casa, to do the housework
7 Mat (sumar, dar como resultado) to make: y con éste hacen cincuenta, and that makes fifty
8 (producir una impresión) to make... look: ese vestido la hace mayor, that dress makes her look older
9 (en sustitución de otro verbo) to do: cuido mi jardín, me gusta hacerlo, I look after my garden, I like doing it
10 (representar) to play: Juan hizo un papel en Fuenteovejuna, Juan played a part in Fuenteovejuna
11 (actuar como) to play: no hagas el tonto, don't play the fool
12 (suponer) te hacía en casa, I thought you were at home
II verbo intransitivo
1 (en el teatro, etc) to play: hizo de Electra, she played Electra
2 ( hacer por + infinitivo) to try to: hice por ayudar, I tried to help
3 (simular) to pretend: hice como si no lo conociera, I acted as if I didn't know him
4 fam (venir bien, convenir) to be suitable: si te hace, nos vamos a verle mañana, if it's all right for you, we'll visit him tomorrow
III verbo impersonal
1 (tiempo transcurrido) ago: hace mucho (tiempo), a long time ago
hace tres semanas que no veo la televisión, I haven't watched TV for three weeks
hace tres años que comenzaron las obras, the building works started three years ago
2 (condición atmosférica) hacía mucho frío, it was very cold
¿To make o to do?
El significado básico del verbo to make es construir, fabricar algo juntando los componentes (aquí hacen unos pasteles maravillosos, they make marvellous cakes here), obligar (hazle callar, make him shut up) o convertir: Te hará más fuerte. It'll make you stronger. También se emplea en expresiones compuestas por palabras tales como dinero ( money), ruido ( a noise), cama ( the bed), esfuerzo ( an effort), promesa ( a promise), c omentario ( a comment), amor ( love), guerra ( war).
El significado del verbo to do es cumplir o ejecutar una tarea o actividad, especialmente tratándose de los deportes y las tareas domésticas: Hago mis deberes por la noche. I do my homework in the evening. ¿Quién hace la plancha en tu casa? Who does the ironing in your house? También se emplea con palabras tales como deber ( duty), deportes ( sports), examen ( an exam), favor ( a favour), sumas ( sums).
hacia preposición
1 (en dirección a) towards, to
hacia abajo, down, downwards
hacia adelante, forwards
hacia arriba, up, upwards
hacia atrás, back, backwards
2 (en torno a) at about, at around: estaré allí hacia las cinco, I'll be there at about five o'clock
' hacia' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abajo
- abalanzarse
- aire
- añales
- animadversión
- arriba
- atrás
- calor
- contingente
- correrse
- delante
- derivar
- descender
- desprecio
- dirigir
- dirigirse
- empañar
- empujar
- encaminarse
- enfilar
- fogosidad
- frente
- fuera
- hacer
- infundio
- invencible
- llevar
- malsana
- malsano
- monetaria
- monetario
- orientar
- orientarse
- proyectar
- que
- recta
- recto
- retroceder
- saber
- siglo
- sobre
- subir
- sur
- tambalearse
- tirar
- volver
- volverse
- abatible
- adelante
- boca
English:
ahead
- aim
- antagonism
- antipathy
- ashore
- at
- back
- backward
- backwards
- beat down
- beeline
- bent
- bias
- boost
- care for
- come forward
- cool
- crowd
- cruelty
- curve
- deflect
- disdain
- dislike
- dispose
- disregard
- doubtless
- down
- downstairs
- downward
- downwards
- due
- East
- eastward
- eastwards
- extend
- face
- facing
- fast forward
- flash
- flippant
- floodlight
- for
- forward
- glance down
- go
- guise
- head
- home in
- ill-disposed
- incline
* * *hacia prep1. [dirección] towards;hacia aquí/allí this/that way;hacia abajo downwards;hacia arriba upwards;hacia adelante forwards;hacia atrás backwards;hacia la izquierda/derecha to the left/right;viajar hacia el norte to travel north;hacia el norte del país towards the north of the country;miró hacia el otro lado she looked the other way;muévete hacia un lado move to one side2. [tiempo] around, about;hacia las diez around o about ten o'clock;empezó a perder la vista hacia los sesenta años he started to lose his sight at around the age of sixty;hacia finales de año towards the end of the year3. [sentimiento] towards;siente hostilidad hacia las reformas he is hostile towards the reforms;su actitud hacia el trabajo es muy seria she has a very serious attitude towards her work, she takes her work very seriously4. [tendencia] towards;este año se marcha hacia una cosecha excepcional we are heading for a bumper crop this year;un paso más hacia la guerra civil a further step towards civil war* * *prphacia adelante forward;hacia abajo down;hacia arriba up;hacia atrás back(ward);hacia aquí in this direction, this way:hacia las cuatro about four (o’clock)* * *hacia prep1) : toward, towardshacia abajo: downwardhacia adelante: forward2) : near, around, abouthacia las seis: about six o'clock* * *hacia prep1. (dirección) towards2. (tiempo) at about -
107 more
1. adjective1) (additional) mehrwould you like any or some/a few more? — (apples, books, etc.) möchten Sie noch welche/ein paar?
would you like any or some more apples? — möchten Sie noch Äpfel?
would you like any or some/a little more? — (tea, paper, etc.) möchten Sie noch etwas/ein wenig?
would you like any or some more tea/paper? — möchten Sie noch Tee/Papier?
I haven't any more [apples/tea] — ich habe keine [Äpfel]/keinen [Tee] mehr
many more things — noch viel mehr [Dinge]
2) (greater in degree) größermore's the pity — (coll.) leider!
2. noun, no pl., no indef. art.the more fool you — du bist vielleicht ein Dummkopf
more and more — mehr und mehr; immer mehr
the more the merrier — see academic.ru/46306/merry">merry 1)
2) (additional number or amount or thing) mehrwhat is more... — außerdem...
and more — mindestens vorangestellt; oder mehr
there's no need to do/say [any] more — da braucht nichts weiter getan/gesagt zu werden
3)3. adverbmore than — (coll.): (exceedingly) über[satt, -glücklich, -froh]; hoch[erfreut, -willkommen]
1) mehr [mögen, interessieren, gefallen, sich wünschen]; forming compar.this book is more interesting — dieses Buch ist interessanter
more than anything [else] — vor allem
2) (nearer, rather) ehermore... than... — eher... als...
more dead than alive — mehr tot als lebendig
3) (again) wiedernever more — nie wieder od. mehr
not any more — nicht mehr
4)more and more... — mehr und mehr od. immer mehr...; with adj. or adv. immer... (+ Komp.)
5)more or less — (fairly) mehr oder weniger; (approximately) annähernd
6)the more so because... — um so mehr, als od. weil...
* * *[mo:]comparative; = much* * *[mɔ:ʳ, AM mɔ:r]do you want \more food? willst du noch etwas zu essen haben?I helped myself to \more tea ich schenkte mir Tee nachwe drank \more wine wir tranken noch mehr Weintwo \more days until Christmas noch zwei Tage bis Weihnachtenwe can't take on any \more patients wir können keine weiteren Patienten mehr aufnehmensome \more coffee? noch etwas Kaffee?is there any \more coffee? ist noch [etwas] Kaffee da?why are there no \more seats left? warum sind keine Plätze mehr frei?no \more wine for you! du kriegst keinen Wein mehr!a few \more weeks and then it's Easter ein paar Wochen noch und dann ist Osterncan you give me a few \more days to think it over? gibst du mir noch ein paar Tage Zeit zum Nachdenken?you need a lot \more money than that du brauchst viel mehr Geld als dasjust a little \more attention nur etwas mehr Aufmerksamkeit\more and \more people buy things on the internet immer mehr Leute kaufen Sachen im Internetjust one \more thing before I go nur noch eins, bevor ich gehe\more people live here than in the all of the rest of the country hier leben mehr Menschen als im ganzen Rest des LandesI'd be \more than happy to oblige es wäre mir ein Vergnügen\more and \more snow immer mehr SchneeII. pron1. (greater amount) mehrtell me \more erzähl' mir mehrthere's \more to it da steckt mehr dahinter\more and \more came es kamen immer mehrwe see \more of him these days wir sehen ihn zurzeit öftershe's \more of a poet than a musician sie ist eher Dichterin als Musikerinthe noise was \more than I could bear ich konnte den Lärm nicht ertragenany \more? noch etwas?; (countable) noch mehr [o welche]?is there any \more? ist noch etwas da?some \more noch etwas; (countable) noch einigeno \more nichts weiter; (countable) keine mehrthere was no \more to be said about it dazu gab es nichts mehr zu sagen2.all the \more... umso mehr...that's all the \more reason not to give in das ist umso mehr Grund, nicht nachzugebenthe \more the better je mehr desto besserdo come to the picnic — the \more the merrier komm doch zum Picknick — je mehr wir sind, desto lustiger wird esthe \more he insisted he was innocent, the less they seemed to believe him je mehr er darauf beharrte, unschuldig zu sein, desto weniger schienen sie ihm zu glauben1. (forming comparatives)let's find a \more sensible way of doing it wir sollten eine vernünftigere Lösung findenyou couldn't be \more wrong du könntest nicht mehr danebenliegen! famthis task is far [or much] \more difficult than the last one diese Aufgabe ist viel schwerer als die letzteplay that last section \more passionately spiele den letzten Teil leidenschaftlicher\more importantly wichtiger nochhe finished the job and, \more importantly, he finished it on time er wurde mit der Arbeit fertig, wichtiger noch, er wurde rechtzeitig fertig\more and \more...:it's becoming \more and \more likely that she'll resign es wird immer wahrscheinlicher, dass sie zurücktrittvacancies were becoming \more and \more rare es gab immer weniger freie Stellen2. (to a greater extent) mehrshe asked if she could see him \more sie fragte, ob sie ihn öfter sehen könneyou should listen \more and talk less du solltest besser zuhören und weniger sprechenthey like classical music \more than pop sie mögen klassische Musik lieber als PopI couldn't agree with you \more, Professor ganz meine Meinung, Herr Professorto think \more of sb eine höhere Meinung von jdm haben... or \more mindestens...each diamond was worth £10,000 or \more jeder Diamant war mindestens 10.000 Pfund wert\more than 20,000 demonstrators crowded into the square über 20.000 Demonstranten füllten den Platzwe'll be \more than happy to help wir helfen sehr gerne\more than a little... ( form) ausgesprochen...I was \more than a little surprised to see her ich war nicht wenig überrascht, sie zu sehenno \more than... höchstens...it's no \more than an inch long es ist höchstens ein Zoll lang▪ the \more umso mehrshe's now all the \more determined to succeed sie ist jetzt umso entschlossener, erfolgreich zu seinthe \more so because umso mehr, als3. (in addition) noch, außerdemI just need one or two things \more before I can start cooking ich brauche nur noch ein paar Dinge, bevor ich zu kochen anfangen kannonce/twice/three times \more noch einmal/zweimal/dreimalcan you play the song through twice \more, please? kannst du das Lied bitte noch zweimal durchspielen?no \more nie wiedermention his name no \more to me erwähne seinen Namen mir gegenüber nie wiederand [what's] \more überdieshe was rich, and \more, he was handsome er war reich und sah zudem gut ausI had no complaints and no \more did Tom ich hatte keine Beschwerden und Tom auch nicht5. (longer)to be no \more times vorüber seinthe good old days are no \more die guten alten Zeiten sind vorbei; person gestorben seinwe're mourning poor Thomas, for he is no \more wir trauern um Thomas, der nicht mehr unter uns weiltto not do sth any \more etw nicht mehr tunI don't do yoga any \more ich habe mit Yoga aufgehört6. (rather) eherit's not so much a philosophy, \more a way of life es ist nicht so sehr eine Philosophie, als eine Lebensartit was \more a snack than a meal es war eher ein Snack als eine Mahlzeit\more dead than alive mehr tot als lebendig7.the project was \more or less a success das Projekt war mehr oder weniger erfolgreichit's 500 kilos, \more or less das sind ungefähr 500 Kiloit's \more or less symmetrical es ist in etwa symmetrisch▶ \more often than not meistens* * *[mɔː(r)]1. n, pron1) (= greater amount) mehr; (= a further or additional amount) noch mehr; (of countable things) noch mehr or welcheI want a lot more — ich will viel mehr; (in addition) ich will noch viel mehr
three more —
a little more — etwas mehr; (in addition) noch etwas mehr
many/much more — viel mehr
not many/much more — nicht mehr viele/viel
no more — nichts mehr; (countable) keine mehr
some more — noch etwas; (countable) noch welche
any more? — noch mehr or etwas?; (countable) noch mehr or welche?
there isn't/aren't any more — mehr gibt es nicht; (here, at the moment, left over) es ist nichts/es sind keine mehr da
is/are there any more? — gibt es noch mehr?; (left over) ist noch etwas/sind noch welche da?
let's say no more about it —
we shall hear/see more of you — wir werden öfter von dir hören/dich öfter sehen
there's more to come — da kommt noch etwas, das ist noch nicht alles
what more could one want? — mehr kann man sich doch nicht wünschen
there's more to bringing up children than just... — zum Kindererziehen gehört mehr als nur...
and what's more, he... — und außerdem or obendrein hat er... (noch)...
2)the more you give him, the more he wants — je mehr du ihm gibst, desto mehr verlangt er
it makes me (all) the more ashamed — das beschämt mich umso mehr
the more the merrier — je mehr, desto besser or umso besser
2. adjmehr; (in addition) noch mehrtwo/five more bottles —
one more day, one day more more and more money/friends — noch ein Tag immer mehr Geld/Freunde
a lot/a little more money — viel/etwas mehr Geld; (in addition) noch viel/noch etwas mehr Geld
a few more friends/weeks — noch ein paar Freunde/Wochen
you won't have many more friends/much more money left — du hast nicht mehr viele Freunde/nicht mehr viel Geld übrig
no more money/friends — kein Geld/keine Freunde mehr
no more singing/squabbling! — Schluss mit der Singerei/mit dem Zanken!
do you want some more tea/books? —
there aren't any more books — mehr Bücher gibt es nicht; (here, at the moment) es sind keine Bücher mehr da
(the) more fool you for giving him the money — dass du auch so dumm bist und ihm das Geld gibst
3. adv1) mehrit will weigh/grow a bit more — es wird etwas mehr wiegen/noch etwas wachsen
will it weigh/grow any more? — wird es mehr wiegen/noch wachsen?
it'll grow more if you... — es wächst besser, wenn du...
to like/want sth more — etw lieber mögen/wollen
£5/2 hours more than I thought — £ 5 mehr/2 Stunden länger, als ich dachte
no more than, not more than — nicht mehr als
he has resigned – that's no more than I expected — er hat gekündigt – das habe ich ja erwartet
2)3) (= longer) mehrno more, not any more — nicht mehr
to be no more (person) — nicht mehr sein or leben; (thing) nicht mehr existieren
if he comes here any more... — wenn er noch weiter or länger hierher kommt...
5)neither more nor less, no more, no less — nicht mehr und nicht weniger
* * *A adj1. mehr:(no) more than (nicht) mehr als;they are more than we are sie sind zahlreicher als wir2. mehr, noch (mehr), weiter:some more tea noch etwas Tee;one more day noch ein(en) Tag;two more miles noch zwei Meilen, zwei weitere Meilen;some more children noch einige Kinder;so much the more courage umso mehr Mut;he is no more er ist nicht mehr (ist tot)3. größer (obs außer in):(the) more fool you! du bist vielleicht ein Dummkopf!;the more part der größere TeilB adv1. mehr, in höherem Maße:they work more sie arbeiten mehr;more in theory than in practice mehr in der Theorie als in der Praxis;more dead than alive mehr oder eher tot als lebendig;more and more immer mehr;more and more difficult immer schwieriger;a) mehr oder weniger,b) ungefähr;the more umso mehr;the more so because … umso mehr, da …;all the more so nur umso mehr;so much the more as … umso mehr als …;the more you have, the more you want (Sprichwort) je mehr man hat, desto mehr will man;more than happy überglücklich2. (zur Bildung des komp):more conscientiously gewissenhafter;more important wichtiger;3. noch:never more niemals wieder;once more noch einmal;twice more noch zweimal;two hours (miles) more noch zwei Stunden (Meilen)4. darüber hinaus, überdies:it is wrong and, more, it is foolishC s1. Mehr n (of an dat)2. mehr:more than one person has seen it mehr als einer hat es gesehen;we shall see more of you wir werden dich noch öfter sehen;and what is more und was noch wichtiger oder schwerwiegender ist;some more, a little more noch etwas (mehr);no more nichts mehr;what more do you want? was willst du denn noch?* * *1. adjective1) (additional) mehrwould you like any or some/a few more? — (apples, books, etc.) möchten Sie noch welche/ein paar?
would you like any or some more apples? — möchten Sie noch Äpfel?
would you like any or some/a little more? — (tea, paper, etc.) möchten Sie noch etwas/ein wenig?
would you like any or some more tea/paper? — möchten Sie noch Tee/Papier?
I haven't any more [apples/tea] — ich habe keine [Äpfel]/keinen [Tee] mehr
many more things — noch viel mehr [Dinge]
2) (greater in degree) größer2. noun, no pl., no indef. art.more's the pity — (coll.) leider!
more and more — mehr und mehr; immer mehr
the more the merrier — see merry 1)
what is more... — außerdem...
and more — mindestens vorangestellt; oder mehr
there's no need to do/say [any] more — da braucht nichts weiter getan/gesagt zu werden
3)3. adverbmore than — (coll.): (exceedingly) über[satt, -glücklich, -froh]; hoch[erfreut, -willkommen]
1) mehr [mögen, interessieren, gefallen, sich wünschen]; forming compar.more than anything [else] — vor allem
2) (nearer, rather) ehermore... than... — eher... als...
3) (again) wiedernever more — nie wieder od. mehr
4)more and more... — mehr und mehr od. immer mehr...; with adj. or adv. immer... (+ Komp.)
5)more or less — (fairly) mehr oder weniger; (approximately) annähernd
6)the more so because... — um so mehr, als od. weil...
* * *adj.mehr adj.weiter adj. -
108 guess
guess [ges]1. noun• three guesses! essaie de deviner !• that was a good guess! tu as deviné juste !• that was a good guess but... c'est une bonne idée, mais...• how did you know? -- it was just a lucky guess comment as-tu deviné ? -- j'ai dit ça au hasard• my guess is that he refused d'après moi, il a refusé• will he come tomorrow? -- it's anyone's guess (inf) viendra-t-il demain ? -- qui sait ?• at a guess I would say there were 200 à vue de nez, il y en avait 200• your guess is as good as mine! (inf) je n'en sais pas plus que toi !• you've guessed it! tu as deviné !• can you guess what it means? devine ce que ça veut dire• guess what! (inf) tu sais quoi ?• guess who! (inf) devine qui c'est !• you'll never guess who's coming to see us! tu ne devineras jamais qui va venir nous voir !b. ( = think) supposer• guess! essaie de deviner ! devine un peu !• you'll never guess! tu ne devineras jamais !4. compounds* * *[ges] 1.noun supposition f, conjecture fto have ou make a guess — essayer de deviner
to have ou make a guess at something — essayer de deviner quelque chose
2.at a (rough) guess I would say that... — au hasard je dirais que...
transitive verb1) ( intuit) devinerto guess somebody's age — ( correctly) deviner l'âge de quelqu'un; ( make estimate) donner un âge à quelqu'un
guess what! I've won a prize! — tu sais quoi (colloq)! j'ai gagné un prix!
3.‘he's right, you know’ - ‘I guess so’ — ‘il a raison, tu sais’ - ‘oui, je suppose’
intransitive verb devinerto guess at — faire des suppositions or des conjectures quant à [plans, outcome]
-
109 pour
pour [puʀ]━━━━━━━━━1. preposition━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = en faveur de) for• tu en as pour combien de temps ? how long are you going to be?• ne m'attendez pas, j'en ai encore pour une heure don't wait for me, I'll be another hourd. ( = à la place de) for• c'est bien trop cher pour ce que c'est ! it's far too expensive for what it is!• pour un Anglais, il parle bien le français he speaks French well for an Englishmanf. (intention, but) for• c'est fait pour ! (inf) that's what it's meant for!► pour + infinitif to• ce n'est pas pour arranger les choses this isn't going to help matters► pour que + subjonctif so that• écris vite ta lettre pour qu'elle parte ce soir write your letter quickly so that it will go this eveningg. (cause) pour quelle raison ? for what reason?• pourquoi se faire du souci pour ça ? why worry about that?► pour + infinitif passé• elle a été punie pour avoir menti she was punished for lying► pour peu que + subjonctif• pour peu qu'il ait un peu bu, il va raconter n'importe quoi if he's had even the smallest drink he'll say anythingh. ( = du point de vue de, concernant) pour moi, elle était déjà au courant if you ask me, she already knew• et pour les billets, c'est toi qui t'en charges ? so, you'll take care of the tickets, will you?i. ( = en échange de) donnez-moi pour 20 € de cerises give me 20 euros' worth of cherries, please• il l'a eu pour 10 € he got it for 10 euros• j'en ai eu pour 50 € de photocopies it cost me 50 euros to do the photocopiesj. ( = comme) as• pour un sale coup, c'est un sale coup ! (inf) of all the awful things to happen!• pour une surprise, c'est une surprise ! this really is a surprise!2. <* * *
I puʀ1) ( indiquant le but) topour cela, il faudra faire — to do that, you'll have to do
c'était pour rire or plaisanter — it was a joke
il est seul mais il a tout fait pour — (colloq) he's on his own, but it's entirely his own doing
c'est fait or étudié pour! — (colloq) ( c'est sa fonction) that's what it's for
2) ( indiquant une destination) for3) ( en ce qui concerne)c'est bien payé mais pour la sécurité de l'emploi... — the pay is good but as regards job security...
oui, c'est pour quoi? — yes, what is it?
pour moi, il a tort — as far as I am concerned, he's wrong
4) ( en faveur de) forje suis pour — (colloq) I'm in favour [BrE]
être pour quelque chose/faire quelque chose — gén to be in favour [BrE] of something/doing something
5) ( avec une indication de temps) for6) ( comme)7) ( à la place de) for8) ( à son avantage)‘il te parlera du Japon’ - ‘pour ce que ça m'intéresse!’ — ‘he'll talk to you about Japan’ - ‘I can't say I'm very interested’
10) ( marquant l'emphase)pour être intelligente, ça elle l'est! — she really is intelligent!, intelligent she certainly is!
11) ( indiquant une quantité)il n'en a plus pour longtemps — ( mourant) he doesn't have long to live
12) ( indiquant une cause) for13) ( introduisant une proportion)
II puʀnom masculin
••
pour + verbeLorsque pour sert à indiquer un but il se traduit généralement par to devant un verbe à l'infinitif: sortir pour acheter un journal = to go out to buy a newspaper; pour faire des meringues, il faut des oeufs = to make meringues, you need eggsIl peut également se traduire par in order to, qui est plus soutenu: pour mettre fin aux hostilités = in order to put an end to hostilitiesQuand pour est suivi d'une forme négative, il se traduira par so as not to ou in order not to: pour ne pas oublier = so as not to forget; pour ne pas rater le train = so as not to miss the train, in order not to miss the trainLorsque pour relie deux actions distinctes sans relation de cause à effet, il sera traduit par and et le verbe conjugué normalement: elle s'endormit pour se réveiller deux heures plus tard = she fell asleep and woke up two hours later. Quand la deuxième action n'est pas souhaitable ou qu'une notion de hasard malheureux est sous-entendue, on traduira par only to: she fell asleep only to wake up two hours later; il partit à la guerre pour se faire tuer trois jours plus tard = he went off to war only to be killed three days laterpour + nom ou pronomLorsque pour sert à indiquer la destination au sens large il se traduit généralement par for: le train pour Pau = the train for Pau; pour vendredi = for Friday; il travaille pour elle = he works for herLorsque pour signifie en ce qui concerne, il se traduira le plus souvent par about: tu te renseignes pour une assurance voiture/pour samedi? = will you find out about car insurance/about Saturday?Attention: pour placé en début de phrase se traduira par as regards: pour l'argent, rien n'est décidé = as regards the money, nothing has been decided ou nothing has been decided about the moneyLorsque pour signifie comme il se traduit souvant par as: je l'ai eu pour professeur = I had him as a teacherLorsque pour relie un terme redoublé il se traduit parfois par for: mot pour mot = word for word; mais ce n'est pas toujours le cas: jour pour jour = to the day. On se reportera au nom dans le dictionnaire* * *puʀ1. prép1) (destination, finalité) forC'est un cadeau pour toi. — It's a present for you.
pour faire qch — to do sth, in order to do sth
Je lui ai téléphoné pour l'inviter. — I phoned him to invite him.
J'ai ajouté une cornière pour consolider l'ensemble. — I added a bracket to make it all a bit stronger.
pour aller à Strasbourg, s'il vous plaît? — which way is it to Strasbourg, please?
Je lui ai prêté mon pull pour qu'elle n'ait pas froid. — I lent her my jumper so that she wouldn't be cold.
pour moi (= à mon avis) — in my view, (= pour ma part) for my part, personally
Pour moi, il ne dit pas toute la vérité. — In my view he's not telling the whole truth.
Pour moi, je vais dorénavant être plus prudent. — For my part, I shall be more cautious from now on.
3) (cause) forOn l'a mis en prison pour un délit mineur. — He was jailed for a minor offence.
Il a été critiqué pour avoir posé sa candidature. — He was criticized for applying.
4) (concession)pour riche que... — rich though...
5) (proportion)pour 100 euros de... — 100 euros' worth of...
Donnez-moi pour 20 euros d'essence. — Give me 20 euros' worth of petrol.
2. nm(= avantage)* * *I.pour ⇒ Note d'usage prép1 ( indiquant le but) to; pour cela, il faudra faire to do that, you'll have to do; pour bien faire il faudrait partir tôt to be really sure we should leave early; c'était pour rire or plaisanter it was a joke; il est seul mais il a tout fait pour○ he's on his own, but it's entirely his own doing; pour que so that; que faire pour qu'elle comprenne? how can we get her to understand?; pour ainsi dire so to speak; quelque chose pour le mal de tête/le rhume something for headaches/colds; c'est fait or étudié pour○! ( c'est sa fonction) that's what it's for; bien sûr tu peux en manger, c'est fait pour! of course you can eat some, that's what it's there for!;2 ( indiquant une destination) for; le train pour Paris ( prêt à partir) the train for Paris; ( plus général) the train to Paris; l'avion pour Paris the Paris plane, the plane to Paris; c'est le train pour où? where does this train go?; il faut une heure pour Oloron it's an hour to Oloron;3 ( en ce qui concerne) j'ai choisi le sujet d'étude mais pour l'université je ne sais pas encore I've decided on my subject but as regards the university I'm not sure yet ou but I'm not sure about the university yet; c'est bien payé mais pour la sécurité de l'emploi… the pay is good but as regards job security ou as far as job security goes…; oui, c'est pour quoi? yes, what is it?; ( plus poli) yes, what can I do for you?; pour moi, il a tort as far as I am concerned, he's wrong; qu'est-il pour toi, un ami? how do you see him? as a friend?;4 ( en faveur de) for; voter pour un candidat to vote for a candidate; 120 voix pour et 95 contre 120 votes for and 95 against; c'est pour la recherche contre le cancer it's for ou in aid of cancer research; je suis pour○ I'm in favourGB; être pour qch/faire qch gén to be in favourGB of sth/doing sth; je suis pour que Catherine reste I'm in favourGB of Catherine staying; je suis pour les Verts I'm for the ecologists; je suis pour Paris Sport I support Paris;5 ( avec une indication de temps) for; ce sera prêt pour vendredi? will it be ready for ou by Friday?; pour plus tard/aujourd'hui for later/today; pour toujours forever; pour le moment or l'instant for the moment, for the time being; le bébé/le baptême c'est pour quand? when is the baby due/the christening?;6 ( comme) elle a pour ambition d'être pilote her ambition is to be a pilot; elle a pour principe de ne jamais emprunter de l'argent it's a rule with her ou it's one of her principles never to borrow money; ils ont pour habitude de déjeuner tard they usually have a late lunch; n'avoir pour toute arme qu'un bâton to be armed only with a stick; il n'avait qu'un pantalon pour tout vêtement he was wearing nothing but a pair of trousers GB ou pants US;7 ( à la place de) for; écrire qch pour qch to write sth instead of sth; je l'ai pris pour plus bête qu'il n'est I thought he was more stupid than he really is; je suis ici pour ma collègue I'm here in place of my colleague;8 ( à son avantage) elle avait pour elle de savoir écouter/la patience she had the merit of being a good listener/being patient;9 ( introduisant une concession) pour intelligent qu'il soit intelligent though he may be; ‘il te parlera du Japon’-‘pour ce que ça m'intéresse!’ ‘he'll talk to you about Japan’-‘I can't say I'm very interested’; pour peu qu' il y ait du monde sur la route nous serons en retard there only has to be a bit of traffic and we'll be late; pour autant que je sache as far as I know;10 ( marquant l'emphase) pour être intelligente, ça elle l'est! she really is intelligent!, intelligent she certainly is!;11 ( indiquant une quantité) j'ai mis pour 50 euros d'essence I've put in 50 euros' worth of petrol GB ou gas US; merci pour tout thank you for everything; pleurer pour un rien to cry over nothing; s'inquiéter pour un rien to fret about nothing; je n'y suis pour rien I had nothing to do with it; ne t'inquiète pas pour si peu don't worry about a little thing like that; tu y es bien pour quelque chose si elle est malheureuse if she's miserable, it has certainly got something to do with you; il y est pour beaucoup si elle est malheureuse if she's miserable, he's largely to blame; elle y est pour beaucoup s'il a réussi if he has succeeded a lot of the credit should go to her; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps it won't take long; il n'en a plus pour longtemps ( mourant) he doesn't have long to live; j'en ai encore pour deux heures it'll take another two hours; j'en ai pour une minute it'll only take a minute;12 ( indiquant une cause) for; se battre pour une femme to fight over a woman; être battu pour avoir menti to be beaten for lying; ⇒ oui;13 ( introduisant une proportion) dix pour cent ten per cent; pour 250 employés, seulement 28 sont des femmes out of 250 employees only 28 are female; une cuillère de vinaigre pour quatre d'huile one spoonful of vinegar to four of oil; pour une large part to a large extent.II.[pur] préposition1. [indiquant le lieu où l'on va] forun billet pour Paris a ticket for ou to Paris2. [dans le temps - indiquant le moment] forpourriez-vous avoir fini pour lundi/demain? could you have it finished for Monday/tomorrow?[indiquant la durée] forb. [à vivre] he hasn't got long to live3. [exprimant la cause]il est tombé malade pour avoir mangé trop d'huîtres he fell ill after eating ou because he ate too many oysterssa bonne constitution y est pour quelque chose his strong constitution had something to do with ou played a part in itelle est pour beaucoup dans le succès de la pièce the success of the play is to a large extent due to her, she has had a great deal to do with the success of the playne me remerciez pas, je n'y suis pour rien don't thank me, I didn't have anything to do with it4. [exprimant la conséquence] toil a erré trois heures en forêt pour se retrouver à son point de départ he wandered for three hours in the forest, only to find he was back where he'd started from5. [capable de]je me suis trompé et il ne s'est trouvé personne pour me le dire I made a mistake and nobody was capable of telling me6. [par rapport à] for7. [avec une valeur emphatique]pour un champion, c'est un champion! that's what I call a (real) champion!perdre pour perdre, autant que ce soit en beauté if we are going to lose, we might as well do it in stylepour être en colère, je l'étais! I was so angry!8. [indiquant une proportion, un pourcentage] peril faut 200 g de farine pour une demi-livre de beurre take 200 g of flour to ou for half a pound of butter9. [moyennant]10. [à la place de] forpour le directeur [dans la correspondance] pp Director12. [en guise de, en qualité de]prendre quelqu'un pour époux/épouse to take somebody to be one's husband/wifeavoir quelqu'un pour ami/professeur to have somebody as a friend/teacherj'ai pour principe que... I believe on principle that...le livre a pour titre... the book's title is..., the book is entitled...13. [indiquant l'attribution, la destination, le but] formes sentiments pour elle my feelings towards ou for herc'est pour quoi faire, ce truc? what's that thing for?a. [recette] serves 4b. [couchage] sleeps 414. (suivi de l'infinitif) [afin de] (in order) toje suis venu pour vous voir I'm here ou I've come to see yousi tu veux réussir, il faut tout faire pour if you want to succeed you have to do everything possiblevoter pour quelqu'un to vote for ou in favour of somebody16. [du point de vue de]ça compte peu pour toi, mais pour moi c'est tellement important it matters little to you but to ou for me it's so importantpour moi, il a dû se réconcilier avec elle if you ask me, he must have made it up with her17. [en ce qui concerne]pour certains de nos collègues, la situation est inchangée as far as some of our colleagues are concerned, the situation has not changedpour ce qui est de l'avancement, voyez avec le responsable du personnel as far as promotion is concerned, see the personnel officer18. (soutenu) [exprimant la concession]pour être jeune, elle n'en est pas moins compétente young though she is she's very able[en corrélation avec 'que']pour patient qu'il soit, il ne supportera pas cette situation for all his patience, he won't put up with this situationil était pour partir he was about to leave ou on the point of leaving————————[pur] nom masculin invariableles pour l'emportent POLITIQUE (humoristique) the argument in favour is overwhelming, the ayes have it————————pour que locution conjonctivej'ai pris des places non-fumeurs pour que vous ne soyez pas incommodés par la fumée I've got non-smoking seats so that you won't be bothered by the smoke2. [exprimant la conséquence] -
110 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
111 do
I1. [du:] n (pl dos, do's [du:z])1. разг. обман, мошенничество, надувательство; «розыгрыш»the scheme was a do from the start - план с самого начала был сплошной липой
2. разг. развлечение, веселье; вечер3. разг.1) сделка2) участие, доляfair do's /dos/! - всем поровну!
that's not fair do's - это несправедливо, доли неравные
4. австрал. разг. удача, успех5. разг. обслуживание♢
do's /dos/ and don'ts - а) правила, нормы; the dos and don'ts of polite manners - правила поведения /хорошего тона/, этикет; he's in one of his do's - на него нашло; б) предписания и запретыa diet with numerous dos and don'ts - диета с многочисленными предписаниями и запретами
2. [du: (полная форма); dʋ,də,d (редуцированные формы)]v́ (did, done; 3-е л. ед. ч. наст. вр. does)I1. 1) делать, производить действиеwhat are you doing? - что вы делаете?
he has done much for me - он много сделал для меня; он мне оказал большую услугу
what can I do for you?, can I do anything for you? - чем я могу быть вам полезен?, что я могу сделать для вас?
do as you are told - делайте, что вам велят /как вам говорят/
what shall I do next? - что мне делать дальше?
there's nothing to be done - делать нечего, ничего не поделаешь
it can't be done! - это невозможно /немыслимо/!
he won't do anything to you - он не сделает тебе ничего плохого, он не обидит тебя
what is to be done? - что же делать?, что можно (в данном случае) сделать?
what is to do? - прост. а) что же делать?; б) в чём дело?
do what we would the boat was slowly sinking - несмотря на наши усилия, лодка продолжала медленно погружаться
she didn't know what to do with herself - она не знала, куда ей себя девать /чем ей себя занять/
he didn't know what to do with his hands - он не знал, куда девать свои руки; он был ужасно неловок
2) делаться, происходитьthere's nothing doing - а) ничего особенного не происходит; б) дела идут неважно
what's the weather doing? - как там погода?
he came to see what was doing - прост. он пришёл посмотреть, что делается /происходит/
3) поступать, делатьto do well - поступать хорошо [ср. тж. II Б 1]
you did well to refuse his invitation - вы правильно /хорошо/ сделали /поступили/, что не приняли его приглашения
to do right [wrong] - поступать правильно [неправильно]
what are you going to do about it? - как вы думаете в этом случае поступить?
that's not done, those things are not done - так не поступают
that's quite commonly done - в этом поступке нет ничего необычного; так все поступают
how could you do such a thing? - как вы могли сделать такое?
by so doing /by doing so/ you will save a lot of money - (поступив) таким образом вы сэкономите уйму денег
4) заниматься (чем-л.); работатьwhat does he do? - чем он занимается?
what does he do for a living? - чем он зарабатывает на жизнь?, чем он занимается?
I have nothing to do - мне нечего делать; мне нечем заняться
are you doing anything tomorrow? - у вас есть какие-нибудь планы /дела/ на завтра?, вы заняты завтра?
what is there to do? - что нужно сделать?, какие есть дела?
get yourself something to do - найди себе какое-нибудь дело, займись чем-нибудь
he's building a summer house for something to do - он строит себе летний домик от нечего делать
5) обслуживать (кого-л.); заниматься (клиентом и т. п.)how much do they do you for here? - какова здесь стоимость обслуживания?
I'll do you next, madam - через минуту я займусь вами, мадам; вы у меня следующая на очереди, мадам
2. 1) осуществлять, выполнять; делать, проделыватьto do one's work [one's duty, one's task, уст. smb.'s bidding] - выполнять работу [долг, задачу, чью-л. просьбу]
to do odd jobs - выполнять случайную работу, жить случайным заработком
to do smb.'s will - исполнить чью-л. волю
the amount of work he has done is amazing - просто удивительно, какую он проделал огромную работу
to do one's best /one's utmost, all one can, everything in one's power/ - сделать всё возможное, не жалеть сил
2) творить, делатьto do miracles /wonders/ - творить чудеса
to do good - творить добро [см. тж. II А 1, 1)]
3. 1) ( часто с for) годиться, подходить; быть достаточнымhe has enough money to do him till the end of the year - этих денег ему хватит до конца года
that will do - а) это подойдёт; б) этого достаточно
that will not do - а) это не подойдёт; б) так не выйдет; так не годится
that will not do (for) me - это мне не подходит, это меня не устраивает
that will never do - это совершенно недопустимо, это никуда не годится
it would never do for you to see them - не годится /не следует/ вам встречаться с ними
will that do? - а) это годится?; б) этого хватит?
will these shoes do you? - такие башмаки вас устроят /вам подойдут/?
that would hardly do - а) вряд ли этого хватит; б) это вряд ли уместно
she made her old dress do another season - она подправила старое платье и проносила его ещё сезон
2) (with, without) довольствоваться, обходитьсяyou must make do with what you have - нужно обходиться тем, что есть
to be just able to make do - иметь скромный достаток, кое-как сводить концы с концами
how many can you do with? - сколько вам нужно?
I think I can do with six - думаю, что шести хватит
can he do without cigarettes? - он может обойтись без сигарет?
4. разг.1) обманывать, надуватьI am afraid you have been done - боюсь, что вас обманули
2) (out of) обманом отбирать; выживатьto do smb. out of a job - подсидеть кого-л.
I've been done out of my money - ≅ плакали мои денежки
II А1. 1) приносить (пользу и т. п.)to do good - приносить пользу [см. тж. I 2]
to do much good - быть очень полезным; приводить к (очень) хорошим результатам
did the medicine do you any good? - вам помогло (это) лекарство?
let's see what a bit of flattery will do - посмотрим, что даст небольшая доза лести /чего можно добиться небольшой дозой лести/
2) причинять (ущерб и т. п.)what harm is he doing you? - чем он вам мешает?
3) оказывать (услугу и т. п.)to do (smb.) a favour [a kindness] - оказать (кому-л.) услугу [любезность]
will you do me a favour? - не окажете ли вы мне услугу?, могу ли я попросить вас об одной услуге?
to do smb. a good [a bad] turn - оказать кому-л. хорошую [плохую] услугу
to do honour - оказывать честь /внимание/
4) воздавать (должное и т. п.)to do justice - а) воздать должное; оценить по заслугам; that photograph does not do you justice - в жизни вы лучше, чем на этой фотографии; б) справедливости ради; to do him justice he is no fool - справедливости ради надо сказать, что он совсем не глуп
to do smb. an injustice - несправедливо относиться к кому-л.; обижать кого-л.
5) делать (честь и т. п.)2. 1) заниматься (какой-л. деятельностью или каким-л. делом)to do lecturing [painting, gardening] - заниматься чтением лекций [живописью, садоводством]
to do repairs - заниматься починкой (автомобилей и т. п.)
to do one's military service - проходить воинскую службу, служить (в армии)
2) выполнять функции (кого-л.); выступать (в каком-л. качестве)who will do the interpreter? - кто возьмёт на себя роль переводчика?
he does the host admirably - он замечательно выполняет роль хозяина, он отлично справляется с ролью хозяина
4) изучать (какую-л. дисциплину)is he doing German at school? - он занимается в школе немецким?
to do a book - проработать или прорецензировать книгу [см. тж. 5)]
5) писать (статьи и т.)to do articles for a magazine - писать статьи для журнала, сотрудничать в журнале
to do a book - написать книгу [см. тж. 4)]
6) писать (портрет и т. п.)7) решать (задачи и т. п.)to do a sum /a problem/ - решать арифметическую задачу
3. 1) делать (упражнение, фигуру и т. п.)2) играть, исполнять ( роль или музыкальное произведение)4. убирать (помещение и т. п.); приводить в порядок (волосы, платье и т. п.)to do the windows [the dishes] - мыть окна [посуду]
to do one's hair - причесаться; сделать причёску
to do one's face - попудриться, накраситься, сделать макияж; ≅ привести в порядок лицо
5. готовить, приготовлять ( пищу); жарить, тушить и т. п.I like my meat very well done - я люблю, когда мясо хорошо прожарено
is the meat done yet? - мясо уже готово?
to do smth. brown - поджарить что-л., подрумянить что-л.
done to a turn - отлично прожаренный, поджаренный как надо
6. разг. осматривать ( достопримечательности)to do a museum [a picture gallery, a town, (the) sights] - осматривать музей [картинную галерею, город, достопримечательности]
you can't do Moscow in a day - нельзя познакомиться с Москвой за один день
7. покрывать, проезжать, проходить ( определённое расстояние)he can do the distance in an hour - он может пройти / или проехать/ это расстояние за час
8. отбывать (срок наказания и т. п.)he is doing a ten-year term - он отбывает десятилетний срок тюремного заключения
he did ten years - разг. он отсидел десять лет
9. ком.1) продавать, поставлять ( по определённой цене)they can do you this at £5 a piece - они могут продать /поставить/ вам этот товар по 5 фунтов за штуку
2) погасить ( вексель)3) оплатить ( чек)II Б1) процветать, преуспеватьhe is doing well now - а) у него сейчас хорошо идут дела; б) он сейчас хорошо зарабатывает
2) поправляться; чувствовать себя хорошоthe patient is doing well now - больной поправляется; больной теперь чувствует себя хорошо
is the baby doing well? - хорошо ли растёт /развивается/ малыш?
3) успешно справляться (с чем-л.); хорошо проявлять себя (в чём-л.)he did very well today - а) сегодня он показал себя с очень хорошей стороны; б) сегодня он справился (с делом) очень хорошо
2. to do /to be doing/ badly, poorly, etc ≅ дела идут неважноhe did poorly at his examination - он плохо сдал экзамен, он провалил экзамен
how did he do at the exhibition? - как у него дела на выставке?, как были приняты на выставке его работы?
he will certainly do you well - он, конечно, очень хорошо примет вас
they do you very well at that hotel - в этой гостинице очень хорошее обслуживание
to do smb. proud - угостить кого-л. на славу
to do oneself well /proud/ - доставить себе удовольствие; не отказывать себе ни в чём, роскошествовать
cigars! your friend does himself well - ещё и сигары! да, ваш друг ни в чём себе не отказывает
4. to do somehow by (книжн. to, unto) smb. обращаться /обходиться/ как-л. с кем-л., относиться как-л. к кому-л.he complained that he has been hard done by - он жаловался, что с ним плохо обошлись /что с ним плохо поступили/
do as you would be done by - поступай с другими так, как ты хотел бы, чтобы поступали с тобой
one more point and I have /am/ done - ещё один пункт, и я кончаю
have done (with) crying! - перестань(те) плакать!
have done with compliments! - довольно комплиментов!
I have done with politics - я оставил политику, я больше не занимаюсь политикой
will he never have done? - кончит он наконец?
be done!, have done! - хватит!, кончай!
have you done supper? - ты кончил ужинать?
I haven't done with him yet - я ещё с ним не рассчитался /не расквитался/
that's done you! - попался!
7. to do for smb., smth., часто p. p., разг.1) губитьto do for a rival - разделаться с соперником /с конкурентом/
another stroke would do for him - ещё один удар - и ему конец, он не перенесёт второго удара
we're done for! - мы погибли!
but for you, I'd have been done for - если бы не ты, мне была бы крышка
2) портить, приводить в негодностьif such a thing is broken it is done for - если такая вещь сломалась, она уже ни на что не годна
I am afraid these shoes are done for - боюсь, что этим ботинкам пришёл конец
8. to do for smb. заботиться о ком-л.; ухаживать за кем-л.; вести чьё-л. хозяйство; быть приходящей прислугой у кого-л.who does for you? - кто у вас занимается хозяйством?; кто за вами ухаживает?
she does for Mr. Brown - она ведёт хозяйство у г-на Брауна; она приходит убирать к г-ну Брауну
to do an article into English [into French] - перевести статью на английский [на французский] язык
10. 1) can /could/ do with smth. не помешало бы, не повредило бы, хотелось быI could /can/ do with a cup of tea - я не отказался бы от чашки чая
2) cannot /could not/ do with smth. не терпеть, не мириться, не выноситьIII А1. в сочетании с рядом существительных обозначает действия, названные существительным:to do a bust - ворваться (куда-л.)
1) при глаголе:I do believe you! - ну конечно, я вам верю!
you do play the piano well! - как хорошо вы играете на рояле!
I do think you ought to go there - я убеждён, что вам следует поехать /пойти/ туда
that's just what people did say - это как раз то /именно то/, что говорили (люди)
did we talk! - ох и поговорили же мы!; уж мы поговорили всласть
well do I remember it - уж это-то я помню очень хорошо!
little did he think then that... - тогда ему и в голову не приходило, что...
do help me! - ну помоги же мне!
do be quiet! - ну замолчи же!
do go! - знаешь, уйди!; послушай, уйди!
do come! - очень прошу тебя, приходи!
he likes to find fault, does the doctor - уж и любит этот доктор придираться
he needs to be taught manners, he does! - его обязательно надо научить, как себя вести!
why act as you do? - зачем поступать так, как вы поступаете?
who took that? - I did - кто взял это? - Я (взял)
I (don't) like coffee, do you? - я (не) люблю кофе, а вы?
you didn't see him, nor did I - вы его не видели, и я тоже
I don't like being interrupted. - Who does? - не люблю, когда меня прерывают. - А кто любит?
they travel a good deal. - Do they? - они много путешествуют - Неужели /Разве/?
III Б1) служит для образования вопросительной и отрицательной форм настоящего и прошедшего времени:do you speak English? - Yes, I do - вы говорите по-английски? - Да
does he know it? - No, he doesn't - он знает это? - Нет
don't do it! - не делай этого!
do not speak! - не говори!, молчи!
don't be afraid! - не бойся!
don't be silly! - не глупи!
don't! - перестань!
♢
to have to do with smth. - заниматься чем-л.; иметь своим предметом что-л.
philosophy has to do with all aspects of life - философия изучает жизнь во всех её аспектах
to have smth. to do with smb. [smth.] - иметь отношение к кому-л. [к чему-л.]
I'm sure he has something to do with it - я уверен, что без него здесь не обошлось /что он приложил к этому руку/
have you anything to do with it? - вы имеете к этому отношение?
this has little to do with art - это имеет (весьма) отдалённое отношение к искусству
how do you do? - а) здравствуйте, добрый день и т. п. ( формула приветствия при встрече); б) как дела?, как поживаете?; в) приятно /рад, рада/ познакомиться, очень приятно ( формула приветствия в момент представления или знакомства)
done (with you)! - ладно!, по рукам!, договорились!, идёт!
do tell! - неужели?, да ну?!
to do and /or/ die - ≅ победить или умереть
to do smb.'s business /the job/ for smb. - погубить кого-л.
to do a dry - театр. жарг. забыть текст
to do a guy - сл. прогуливать
to do the trick - добиться, достигнуть цели
to do dirt to smb., to do the dirty on smb. - сл. сыграть плохую шутку с кем-л.
to do smb. to death - а) убить, прикончить кого-л.; б) заездить, затаскать кого-л.
to do smb. up brown, to do smb. in the eye - сл. нагло обманывать, дурачить кого-л.
done to the wide /to the world/ - конченый, потерпевший полную неудачу; побеждённый
well done! - браво! молодец!, здорово!
well begun is half done - посл. хорошее начало полдела откачало
what is done cannot be undone - посл. сделанного не воротишь
II [dəʋ] муз. II [du:] сокр. от ditto I 1when in Rome do as the Romans do - посл. ≅ в чужой стране жить - чужой обычай любить; в чужой монастырь со своим уставом не ходят
-
112 ahí
adv.there.* * *► adverbio1 there, in that place\de ahí que hence, therefore* * *adv.* * *ADV1) [en un lugar] there¿Nina, estás ahí? — Nina, are you there?
•
ahí dentro — in there, inside•
ahí fuera — out there, outsidehoy podemos ir a cenar por ahí — we can go out for dinner tonight, we can eat out tonight
¿no dicen por ahí que vivimos en un país libre? — don't they say we live in a free country?
por ahí se le ocurre llamar — Cono Sur he might think to phone
•
¡ahí va!, ahí va el balón, ¡cógelo! — there goes the ball, catch it!¡ahí va, qué bonito! — wow, it's lovely!
¡ahí va, no me había dado cuenta de que eras tú! — well well! I didn't realise it was you
ahí donde lo ves, come más que tú y yo juntos — believe it or not he eats more than you and me put together
2) [en una situación]¡ahí está el problema! — that's the problem!
ahí está, por ejemplo, el caso de Luis — there's the case of Luis, for example
ahí estaba yo, con casi cincuenta años, y todavía soltero — there was I, about to turn fifty, and still a bachelor
-¿está mejor tu mujer? -ahí anda o LAm ahí va — "is your wife better?" - "she's doing all right"
¡hombre, haber empezado por ahí! — why didn't you say so before!
•
de ahí — that's whyde ahí las quejas de los inquilinos — that's why the tenants are complaining, hence the tenants' complaints frm
de ahí se deduce que... — from that it follows that...
•
hasta ahí, hasta ahí llego yo — I can work that much out for myselfbueno, hasta ahí de acuerdo — well, I agree with you up to there o that point
¡hasta ahí podíamos llegar! — what a nerve!, that's the limit!, can you credit it!
•
he ahí el dilema — that's the dilemma, there you have the dilemmasi hubiéramos ido más rápido, ahí sí que nos matamos — if we'd gone any faster, we'd definitely have been killed
3) [en el tiempo]•
a partir de ahí — from then on* * *1)a) ( en el espacio) thereahí está/viene — there he is/here he comes
ahí arriba/abajo — up/down there
ahí mismo or (AmL) nomás o (Méx) mero — right o just there
b) (en locs)debe estar como a 200 pesetas - sí, por ahí anda — it must be about 200 pesetas - yes, that's about right
ahí sí que — (AmL)
de ahí a que: de ahí a que venga es otra cosa — whether or not he actually comes is another matter
2)de ahí a la drogadicción sólo hay un paso — from there it's just a short step to becoming a drug addict
de ahí a decir que es excelente hay un buen trecho — there's a big difference between that and saying it's excellent
b)de ahí que — (+ subj)
3) ( en el tiempo) thenahí es cuando... — that's when...
4) (AmL) ( más o menos)¿cómo sigue tu abuelo? - ahí anda — how's your grandfather getting on? - oh, so-so
* * *= therein.Ex. The ASLIB handbook of special library and information work discusses literature searching techniques and the role of literature guides therein.----* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* andar por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.* por ahí = out there.* sueltos por ahí = hanging about.* * *1)a) ( en el espacio) thereahí está/viene — there he is/here he comes
ahí arriba/abajo — up/down there
ahí mismo or (AmL) nomás o (Méx) mero — right o just there
b) (en locs)debe estar como a 200 pesetas - sí, por ahí anda — it must be about 200 pesetas - yes, that's about right
ahí sí que — (AmL)
de ahí a que: de ahí a que venga es otra cosa — whether or not he actually comes is another matter
2)de ahí a la drogadicción sólo hay un paso — from there it's just a short step to becoming a drug addict
de ahí a decir que es excelente hay un buen trecho — there's a big difference between that and saying it's excellent
b)de ahí que — (+ subj)
3) ( en el tiempo) thenahí es cuando... — that's when...
4) (AmL) ( más o menos)¿cómo sigue tu abuelo? - ahí anda — how's your grandfather getting on? - oh, so-so
* * *= therein.Ex: The ASLIB handbook of special library and information work discusses literature searching techniques and the role of literature guides therein.
* ahí está el problema = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* ahí está la dificultad = herein lies the rub, there's the rub.* andar por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* de ahí = therefrom.* de ahí que = hence.* en algún lugar (de por ahí) = somewhere out there.* ir por ahí = go + (a)round, be out and about, get out and about.* no quedarse ahí = there + be + more to it than that.* por ahí = out there.* sueltos por ahí = hanging about.* * *A1 (en el espacio) there¿qué tienes ahí? what have you got there?¿y Juan? — ahí está/viene where's Juan? — there he is/here he comes nowahí arriba/abajo up/down there¡bájate de ahí! get down from there!no, ahí no, allí no, not there, (over) thereestá ahí nomás or no más, a la vuelta ( AmL); it's only just around the cornerlo dejé ahí mismo or ( Méx) ahí mero I left it right o just therepara egoísta ahí tienes a tu primo if we're talking about selfishness you need look no further than your cousin2 ( en locs):por ahí somewherehe debido dejarlo por ahí I must have left it somewheresiempre anda por ahí she's always out somewherepor ahí hay quien dice que … there are those who say that …debe estar como a 2 euros — sí, por ahí anda it must be about 2 euros — yes, that's about right o yes, round about thattendrá unos 35 años o por ahí he must be 35 or so, he must be around 35por ahí se le da por venir ( RPl); he may decide to comeahí sí que ( AmL): ahí sí que me cogiste or ( RPl) agarraste or ( Chi) pillaste you've really got me there! ( colloq)no estar ni ahí ( Chi fam): no estoy ni ahí (no me importa) I couldn't care less ( colloq) (no me interesa) it leaves me cold ( colloq)B1(refiriéndose a un lugar figurado): ahí está el truco that's the secret, that's where the secret liesde ahí a la drogadicción sólo hay un paso from there it's just a short step to becoming a drug addictde ahí a decir que es excelente hay un buen trecho there's a big difference between that and saying it's excellenthasta ahí llego yo (al resolver un problema) I worked that much out myself; (al negarse a hacer algo) that's as far as I'm prepared to gohasta por ahí no más (CS): mi paciencia llega hasta por ahí no más there's a limit to my patience, my patience only goes so fares generoso hasta por ahí no más he's only generous up to a point2de ahí hencede ahí la importancia de esta reunión hence the importance of this meetingde ahí que (+ subj) that is whyde ahí que haya perdido popularidad that is why her popularity has declinedC (en el tiempo) thende ahí en adelante from then on, from that time o point onahí es cuando debió decírselo, no después that's when he should have told her, not laterahí cambié de táctica then o at that point I changed my tacticsahí mismo there and thenD( AmL) (más o menos): ¿cómo sigue tu abuelo? — ahí anda how's your grandfather getting on? — oh, so-so* * *
ahí adverbio
1
◊ ahí está/viene there he is/here he comes;
ahí arriba/abajo up/down there;
ahí mismo or (AmL) nomás or (Méx) mero right o just thereb)
debe estar por ahí it must be around somewhere;
fue a dar una vuelta por ahí she went off for a walk;
se fue por ahí she went that way;
yo he estado por ahí I've been around there;
tendrá unos 35 años o por ahí he must be 35 or thereabouts
2
◊ ahí está el truco/problema that's the secret/problem;
de ahí a la drogadicción solo hay un paso from there it's just a short step to becoming a drug addict;
hasta ahí llego yo that's as far as I'm prepared to gob)
de ahí mi sorpresa hence my surprise;
de ahí que hayan fracasado that is why they failed;
de ahí a que venga es otra cosa whether or not he actually comes is another matter
3 ( en el tiempo) then;
ahí mismo there and then
ahí adverbio there: está ahí, it's there
ponlo por ahí, put it over there
ahí tienes, here you are
tiene cincuenta años o por ahí, he's fifty or thereabouts
ve por ahí, go that way
de ahí, hence
de ahí que, so
' ahí' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
alguien
- anda
- andar
- apestosa
- apestoso
- arriba
- biruji
- crisma
- detrás
- ir
- hostia
- lado
- le
- los
- mañana
- media
- medio
- pregonar
- quienquiera
- quitarse
- Tiro
- yo
- agarrar
- apartar
- bien
- brazo
- colgar
- cuidar
- dentro
- izquierda
- mover
- parado
- poner
- por
- quedar
- quitar
- recordar
- salir
English:
hand up
- hence
- hustle
- leave
- loose
- mooch
- nobody
- peace
- rest
- rub
- stand about
- stand around
- stay
- there
- thereabout
- thereabouts
- tissue
- around
- d'
- flash
- go
- hand
- happen
- lucky
- out of
- reason
- swear
- way
* * *ahí adv1. [lugar determinado] there;ahí arriba/abajo up/down there;desde ahí no se ve nada you can't see anything from there;ponlo ahí put it over there;vino por ahí he came that way;¡ahí están! there they are!;¡ahí tienes! here o there you are!;ahí vienen los niños here o there come the children;ahí mismo right there;déjalo ahí mismo leave it (over) there;Amahí nomás right over therela solución está ahí that's where the solution lies;de ahí a la fama hay muy poco it's not far to go from there to being famous;de ahí a llamarle tonto hay poca distancia there's little difference between saying that and calling him stupid;las llaves están por ahí the keys are around there somewhere;está por ahí [en lugar indeterminado] she's around (somewhere);[en la calle] she's out;se ha ido a pasear por ahí she's gone out for a walk;Famandar por ahí con los amigos to hang out with one's friends;andan por ahí diciendo tonterías they're going around talking nonsense;por ahí [aproximadamente eso] something like that;¿te costó 10 euros? – por ahí, por ahí it cost you 10 euros, did it? – yes, somewhere around that o more or less;por ahí va la cosa you're not too far wrong;por ahí no paso that's one thing I'm not prepared to do;Am¡ahí está! (you) see!;todavía no me contestaron – ahí está, yo te dije they still haven't answered – (you) see, I told you so;CAm, Méx Fam¡ahí muere! forget it!;¡ahí es nada!: subió al Everest sin oxígeno, ¡ahí es nada! guess what, he only climbed Everest without any oxygen!;ha vendido ya dos millones, ¡ahí es nada! she's sold two million already, not bad, eh?;Famahí le duele: a pesar de su éxito, la crítica sigue sin aceptarlo, ¡ahí le duele! frustratingly for him, he still hasn't achieved critical acclaim despite his success;¡ahí me las den todas! I couldn't care less!;Méx Famahí se va (it's no) big deal;Méx Famhacer algo al ahí se va to do sth any old how3.de ahí que [por eso] and consequently;es un mandón, de ahí que no lo aguante nadie he's very bossy, that's why nobody likes him;de ahí su enfado that's why she was so angry4. [momento] then;de ahí en adelante from then on;ahí me di cuenta de que estaba mintiendo that was when I realized he was lying* * *adv there;ahí mismo right there;irse por ahí go out;por ahí voy that’s what I’m getting at;ahí me las den todas fam I couldn’t ocould care less, BrI couldn’t care less;¡ahí va! fam there you go! fam ;de ahí que that is why* * *ahí adv1) : thereahí está: there it is2)por ahí : somewhere, thereabouts3)de ahí que : with the result that, so that* * *ahí adv there -
113 di
1. prep ofcon il comparativo thandi ferro (made of) ironicio sono di Roma I'm from Romel'auto di mio padre my father's caruna tazza di caffè a cup of coffeedi giorno by dayparlare di politica talk about politicsd'estate in the summerdi questo passo at this ratedi chi è questo libro? whose is this book?, who does this book belong to?più bello di prettier than2. art someinterrogativo any, somedel vino some wine* * *di prep.1 ( specificazione) of: il calore del sole, the heat of the sun; l'inizio della primavera, the beginning of spring; il capo dei ribelli, the leader of the rebels (o the rebel leader); il profumo delle rose, the scent of roses; l'altezza di un edificio, the height of a building; la fine di un film, the end of a film; il centro della città, the centre of town (o the town centre); il senso dell'umorismo, a sense of humour; una folla di dimostranti, a crowd of demonstrators; una serie di errori, a series of mistakes; la furia degli elementi, the fury of the elements; i vetri della finestra, window panes; gli impiegati delle poste, post office workers; il canto degli uccelli, birdsong (o the song of birds)2 (specificazione con valore di possesso; in inglese si esprime spesso con il 'caso possessivo'): la casa di Sara, Sarah's house; il fratello di Giacomo, James's brother; il figlio dei Rossi, the Rossi's son; le odi del Carducci, Carducci's odes; la riunione di martedì, Tuesday's meeting; la coda del gatto, the cat's tail; la maniglia della porta, the door handle; la porta della cucina, the kitchen door3 ( partitivo) some, (in frasi interrogative, dubitative e negative) any: mangiammo del pane, we ate some bread; è uscita con dei conoscenti, she went out with some people she knew; abbiamo visto delle belle scarpe, we saw some nice shoes; c'è ancora del vino?, is there any wine left?; alcuni degli alunni, some of the pupils; ciascuno di noi, each of us4 (retta da nomi che indicano quantità, numero) of: un chilo di pane, a kilo of bread; una dozzina di uova, a dozen eggs; ci vuole un minimo di buon senso, it takes a bit of common sense; un po' di coraggio, some courage // niente di bello, di interessante, d'importante, nothing nice, interesting, important; qualcosa di nuovo, something new5 (denominazione; talvolta in inglese non si traduce) of: la città di Roma, the city of Rome; l'isola di Capri, the isle of Capri; il mese di febbraio, the month of February; una ragazza di colore, a coloured girl; il nome di Giovanni, the name John6 ( qualità, condizione) at, in, by: sano di corpo, healthy in body; buono d'animo, good at heart; conoscere qlcu. di nome, to know s.o. by name7 ( argomento) about, of: discutere di sport, to talk about sport; parlare bene di qlcu., to speak well of s.o.; un testo di chimica, a chemistry text; un film di spionaggio, a spy film8 ( appartenenza) by: un libro di Calvino, a book by Calvino; un film di Fellini, a film by Fellini; un'opera di Raffaello, a work by Raphael; una sinfonia di Mahler, a symphony by Mahler; una poesia di Montale, a poem by Montale; un'opera di Verdi, an opera by Verdi9 ( per introdurre un secondo termine di paragone) than (dopo compar.); of, in (dopo superl.): Marco è più alto di Giorgio, Mark is taller than George; è il più simpatico dei fratelli, he's the nicest of the brothers; la più grande città del Giappone, the biggest city in Japan; il fiume più lungo del mondo, the longest river in the world10 ( modo): essere di buon umore, to be in a good mood; bere tutto di un fiato, to drink it all in one gulp; ridere di cuore, to laugh heartily; sollevare di peso, to lift up bodily; andarsene di corsa, to rush off11 ( materia): una statua di marmo, a marble statue; una tavola di legno, a wooden table; una borsa di pelle, a leather handbag; una crostata di mele, an apple tart // un cuore d'oro, a heart of gold // un pugno di ferro, an iron fist // castelli di carta, castles in the air12 ( età, valore, misura): un bambino di 6 anni, a 6-year-old child (o a child of 6); un uomo di mezza età, a middle-aged man; un assegno di 500 euro, a cheque for 500 euros; un edificio di 10 piani, a 10-storey building; un circuito di mille metri, a thousand metre circuit; una distanza di 8 km, a distance of 8 kilometres (o 5 miles); una parete di 4 metri, a 4 metre-long wall (o a wall 4 metres long); un appartamento di 150 mq, a flat of 150 square metres13 ( causa) of, for, with: morire di sete, to die of thirst; piangere di gioia, to cry for joy; accusare di furto, to charge with theft; reo di omicidio, guilty of murder14 ( mezzo) with, on: ungere di burro, to grease with butter; cospargere di sale, to sprinkle with salt; campare del proprio stipendio, to live on one's own earnings; vivere di illusioni, to live on illusions15 ( moto da luogo, origine, provenienza, anche fig.) from; out of: uscire di casa, to go (o to come) out of the house (o to leave home); essere di Roma, to be (o to come) from Rome; di dove sei?, where are you from? (o where do you come from?); era di buona famiglia, (s)he was from a good family; allontanati di lì, get away from there; lontano di qui, a long way from here (o a long way off) // uscire di strada, to leave the road // mi cadde di mano, it slipped out of my hand // smontare di sella, to dismount16 ( tempo): di mattina, di sera, in the morning, in the evening; di notte, at night; d'inverno, d'estate, in winter, in summer; di sabato, on Saturday (s); una sera di ottobre, an October evening; un corso di 3 mesi, a three-month course; una lezione di un'ora, an hour-long lesson; una gita di 2 giorni, a two-day trip; una vacanza di un mese, a month's holiday // di recente, recently // di giorno in giorno, from day to day // di anno in anno, from year to year // di tanto in tanto, every now and then (o every so often)17 ( limitazione, privazione): duro d'orecchio, hard of hearing; essere debole di cuore, to have a weak heart; a corto di soldi, short of money; privo di mezzi, without means; mancare di esperienza, to be without experience18 ( destinazione, scopo): stanza di soggiorno, living-room; sala di lettura, reading room ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16, 18 si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale o avverbiale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. di19 (seguito da un verbo all'inf. in dipendenza da altro verbo): decidemmo di partire subito, we decided to leave at once; gli dissi di andarsene, I told him to go away; non avevo intenzione di offenderti, I didn't mean to offend you; credo di aver ragione, I believe I'm right; pensava di fare il medico, he thought of becoming a doctor20 (in unione con altra prep.): contro di lui, against him; dopo di te, after you; sopra, sotto di noi, above, below us; dietro di me, after (o behind) me21 (in unione con un avv.): di qua, over here (o on this side); di là, over there (o on that side); di dentro, inside; di fuori, outside.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: di certo, surely; di frequente, often; di rado, seldom; di nuovo, again; di solito, usually; del resto, besides, moreover; di gran lunga, by far // di male in peggio, from bad to worse // ne ha combinati di guai, he caused a lot of trouble // dire di sì, di no, to say yes, no // credere di sì, di no, to think so, not.di s.f. o m. letter D.* * *[di] di + il = del, di + lo = dello, di + l' = dell', di + la = della, di + i = dei, di + gli = degli, di + le = delle1. prep1) (possesso) of, (composto da, scritto da) byla macchina del mio amico/dei miei amici — my friend's/friends' car
la figlia dell'amica di mia madre — the daughter of my mother's friend, my mother's friend's daughter
l'ultimo libro di Umberto Eco — Umberto Eco's latest book, the latest book by Umberto Eco
2) (specificazione, denominazione) ofil professore d'inglese — the English teacher, the teacher of English
3)una casa di mattoni — a brick house, a house made of brick(s)
4) (provenienza) from, out of, (posizione) in, onuscire di casa — to come out of o leave the house
i negozi di Milano — the Milan shops, the shops in Milan
i vicini del piano di sopra — the upstairs neighbours, the people who live on the floor above us
5)d' estate — in (the) summer
6)una stanza di 2 metri per 3 — a room measuring 2 metres by 3
7)fermarsi di botto — to stop dead o suddenly
di cancro — to die of cancerdi burro — to spread with butterqc di sugo — to get sauce on sth8) (argomento) about, ofdel tempo — to talk about the weatherdi qc — to talk about sth9)(abbondanza, privazione)
pieno di — full ofdi carbone — poor in coaldi — lacking indi risorse naturali — rich in natural resources10) (paragone nei comparativi) than, (paragone nei superlativi) ofè meglio di me — he's better than me
11)ti chiedo di dirmi la verità — I beg you to tell me the truth
2. art partitivonon ho dei libri — I haven't any books, I have no books
c'erano delle persone che non conoscevo — there were some people I didn't know
* * *I [di]1) (appartenenza, possesso)l'auto di Paolo, di tuo fratello, dei miei genitori — Paolo's, your brother's, my parents' car
l'auto è di Paolo, di mio fratello — the car is Paolo's, my brother's, the car belongs to Paolo, to my brother
il Primo Ministro del Giappone — the Japanese Prime Minister, the Prime Minister of Japan
la riunione di lunedì, del 7 gennaio — Monday's meeting, the meeting on the 7th of January
3) (autore) byle opere di Dante — Dante's works, the works of Dante
4) (causa) with, formorire di cancro — to die of o from cancer
5) (materia) of, in6) (misura)un libro di 200 pagine — a 200-page book, a book 200 pages long o in length
un interesse del 5% — a 5% interest
7) (origine) from8) (argomento) aboutparlare di qcn., qcs. — to talk about sb., sth.
ridere di qcn. — to laugh at sb
alto di statura — tall of o in stature
di nascosto — out of sight, secretly
di notte — at night, by night
12) (in espressioni di moto, stato)è di sotto, di là — he's downstairs, in the next room
qualche cosa, niente di nuovo — something, nothing new
14) (con un infinito) to15) (nel comparativo) thanII [di]sostantivo maschile e sostantivo femminile invariabile (lettera) d, D* * *di2/di/m. e f.inv.(lettera) d, D. -
114 dì
1. prep ofcon il comparativo thandi ferro (made of) ironicio sono di Roma I'm from Romel'auto di mio padre my father's caruna tazza di caffè a cup of coffeedi giorno by dayparlare di politica talk about politicsd'estate in the summerdi questo passo at this ratedi chi è questo libro? whose is this book?, who does this book belong to?più bello di prettier than2. art someinterrogativo any, somedel vino some wine* * *di prep.1 ( specificazione) of: il calore del sole, the heat of the sun; l'inizio della primavera, the beginning of spring; il capo dei ribelli, the leader of the rebels (o the rebel leader); il profumo delle rose, the scent of roses; l'altezza di un edificio, the height of a building; la fine di un film, the end of a film; il centro della città, the centre of town (o the town centre); il senso dell'umorismo, a sense of humour; una folla di dimostranti, a crowd of demonstrators; una serie di errori, a series of mistakes; la furia degli elementi, the fury of the elements; i vetri della finestra, window panes; gli impiegati delle poste, post office workers; il canto degli uccelli, birdsong (o the song of birds)2 (specificazione con valore di possesso; in inglese si esprime spesso con il 'caso possessivo'): la casa di Sara, Sarah's house; il fratello di Giacomo, James's brother; il figlio dei Rossi, the Rossi's son; le odi del Carducci, Carducci's odes; la riunione di martedì, Tuesday's meeting; la coda del gatto, the cat's tail; la maniglia della porta, the door handle; la porta della cucina, the kitchen door3 ( partitivo) some, (in frasi interrogative, dubitative e negative) any: mangiammo del pane, we ate some bread; è uscita con dei conoscenti, she went out with some people she knew; abbiamo visto delle belle scarpe, we saw some nice shoes; c'è ancora del vino?, is there any wine left?; alcuni degli alunni, some of the pupils; ciascuno di noi, each of us4 (retta da nomi che indicano quantità, numero) of: un chilo di pane, a kilo of bread; una dozzina di uova, a dozen eggs; ci vuole un minimo di buon senso, it takes a bit of common sense; un po' di coraggio, some courage // niente di bello, di interessante, d'importante, nothing nice, interesting, important; qualcosa di nuovo, something new5 (denominazione; talvolta in inglese non si traduce) of: la città di Roma, the city of Rome; l'isola di Capri, the isle of Capri; il mese di febbraio, the month of February; una ragazza di colore, a coloured girl; il nome di Giovanni, the name John6 ( qualità, condizione) at, in, by: sano di corpo, healthy in body; buono d'animo, good at heart; conoscere qlcu. di nome, to know s.o. by name7 ( argomento) about, of: discutere di sport, to talk about sport; parlare bene di qlcu., to speak well of s.o.; un testo di chimica, a chemistry text; un film di spionaggio, a spy film8 ( appartenenza) by: un libro di Calvino, a book by Calvino; un film di Fellini, a film by Fellini; un'opera di Raffaello, a work by Raphael; una sinfonia di Mahler, a symphony by Mahler; una poesia di Montale, a poem by Montale; un'opera di Verdi, an opera by Verdi9 ( per introdurre un secondo termine di paragone) than (dopo compar.); of, in (dopo superl.): Marco è più alto di Giorgio, Mark is taller than George; è il più simpatico dei fratelli, he's the nicest of the brothers; la più grande città del Giappone, the biggest city in Japan; il fiume più lungo del mondo, the longest river in the world10 ( modo): essere di buon umore, to be in a good mood; bere tutto di un fiato, to drink it all in one gulp; ridere di cuore, to laugh heartily; sollevare di peso, to lift up bodily; andarsene di corsa, to rush off11 ( materia): una statua di marmo, a marble statue; una tavola di legno, a wooden table; una borsa di pelle, a leather handbag; una crostata di mele, an apple tart // un cuore d'oro, a heart of gold // un pugno di ferro, an iron fist // castelli di carta, castles in the air12 ( età, valore, misura): un bambino di 6 anni, a 6-year-old child (o a child of 6); un uomo di mezza età, a middle-aged man; un assegno di 500 euro, a cheque for 500 euros; un edificio di 10 piani, a 10-storey building; un circuito di mille metri, a thousand metre circuit; una distanza di 8 km, a distance of 8 kilometres (o 5 miles); una parete di 4 metri, a 4 metre-long wall (o a wall 4 metres long); un appartamento di 150 mq, a flat of 150 square metres13 ( causa) of, for, with: morire di sete, to die of thirst; piangere di gioia, to cry for joy; accusare di furto, to charge with theft; reo di omicidio, guilty of murder14 ( mezzo) with, on: ungere di burro, to grease with butter; cospargere di sale, to sprinkle with salt; campare del proprio stipendio, to live on one's own earnings; vivere di illusioni, to live on illusions15 ( moto da luogo, origine, provenienza, anche fig.) from; out of: uscire di casa, to go (o to come) out of the house (o to leave home); essere di Roma, to be (o to come) from Rome; di dove sei?, where are you from? (o where do you come from?); era di buona famiglia, (s)he was from a good family; allontanati di lì, get away from there; lontano di qui, a long way from here (o a long way off) // uscire di strada, to leave the road // mi cadde di mano, it slipped out of my hand // smontare di sella, to dismount16 ( tempo): di mattina, di sera, in the morning, in the evening; di notte, at night; d'inverno, d'estate, in winter, in summer; di sabato, on Saturday (s); una sera di ottobre, an October evening; un corso di 3 mesi, a three-month course; una lezione di un'ora, an hour-long lesson; una gita di 2 giorni, a two-day trip; una vacanza di un mese, a month's holiday // di recente, recently // di giorno in giorno, from day to day // di anno in anno, from year to year // di tanto in tanto, every now and then (o every so often)17 ( limitazione, privazione): duro d'orecchio, hard of hearing; essere debole di cuore, to have a weak heart; a corto di soldi, short of money; privo di mezzi, without means; mancare di esperienza, to be without experience18 ( destinazione, scopo): stanza di soggiorno, living-room; sala di lettura, reading room ∙ Come si nota dagli esempi, nei significati 1, 2, 6, 7, 10, 11, 12, 16, 18 si usa spesso in inglese la forma aggettivale o avverbiale in luogo del compl. introdotto dalla prep. di19 (seguito da un verbo all'inf. in dipendenza da altro verbo): decidemmo di partire subito, we decided to leave at once; gli dissi di andarsene, I told him to go away; non avevo intenzione di offenderti, I didn't mean to offend you; credo di aver ragione, I believe I'm right; pensava di fare il medico, he thought of becoming a doctor20 (in unione con altra prep.): contro di lui, against him; dopo di te, after you; sopra, sotto di noi, above, below us; dietro di me, after (o behind) me21 (in unione con un avv.): di qua, over here (o on this side); di là, over there (o on that side); di dentro, inside; di fuori, outside.◆ FRASEOLOGIA: di certo, surely; di frequente, often; di rado, seldom; di nuovo, again; di solito, usually; del resto, besides, moreover; di gran lunga, by far // di male in peggio, from bad to worse // ne ha combinati di guai, he caused a lot of trouble // dire di sì, di no, to say yes, no // credere di sì, di no, to think so, not.di s.f. o m. letter D.* * *[di] di + il = del, di + lo = dello, di + l' = dell', di + la = della, di + i = dei, di + gli = degli, di + le = delle1. prep1) (possesso) of, (composto da, scritto da) byla macchina del mio amico/dei miei amici — my friend's/friends' car
la figlia dell'amica di mia madre — the daughter of my mother's friend, my mother's friend's daughter
l'ultimo libro di Umberto Eco — Umberto Eco's latest book, the latest book by Umberto Eco
2) (specificazione, denominazione) ofil professore d'inglese — the English teacher, the teacher of English
3)una casa di mattoni — a brick house, a house made of brick(s)
4) (provenienza) from, out of, (posizione) in, onuscire di casa — to come out of o leave the house
i negozi di Milano — the Milan shops, the shops in Milan
i vicini del piano di sopra — the upstairs neighbours, the people who live on the floor above us
5)d' estate — in (the) summer
6)una stanza di 2 metri per 3 — a room measuring 2 metres by 3
7)fermarsi di botto — to stop dead o suddenly
di cancro — to die of cancerdi burro — to spread with butterqc di sugo — to get sauce on sth8) (argomento) about, ofdel tempo — to talk about the weatherdi qc — to talk about sth9)(abbondanza, privazione)
pieno di — full ofdi carbone — poor in coaldi — lacking indi risorse naturali — rich in natural resources10) (paragone nei comparativi) than, (paragone nei superlativi) ofè meglio di me — he's better than me
11)ti chiedo di dirmi la verità — I beg you to tell me the truth
2. art partitivonon ho dei libri — I haven't any books, I have no books
c'erano delle persone che non conoscevo — there were some people I didn't know
* * *I [di]1) (appartenenza, possesso)l'auto di Paolo, di tuo fratello, dei miei genitori — Paolo's, your brother's, my parents' car
l'auto è di Paolo, di mio fratello — the car is Paolo's, my brother's, the car belongs to Paolo, to my brother
il Primo Ministro del Giappone — the Japanese Prime Minister, the Prime Minister of Japan
la riunione di lunedì, del 7 gennaio — Monday's meeting, the meeting on the 7th of January
3) (autore) byle opere di Dante — Dante's works, the works of Dante
4) (causa) with, formorire di cancro — to die of o from cancer
5) (materia) of, in6) (misura)un libro di 200 pagine — a 200-page book, a book 200 pages long o in length
un interesse del 5% — a 5% interest
7) (origine) from8) (argomento) aboutparlare di qcn., qcs. — to talk about sb., sth.
ridere di qcn. — to laugh at sb
alto di statura — tall of o in stature
di nascosto — out of sight, secretly
di notte — at night, by night
12) (in espressioni di moto, stato)è di sotto, di là — he's downstairs, in the next room
qualche cosa, niente di nuovo — something, nothing new
14) (con un infinito) to15) (nel comparativo) thanII [di]sostantivo maschile e sostantivo femminile invariabile (lettera) d, D* * *dì/di/m.inv.lett. day. -
115 so
1.[səʊ]adverb1) (by that amount) soas winter draws near, so it gets darker — je näher der Winter rückt, desto dunkler wird es
as fast as the water poured in, so we bailed it out — in dem Maße, wie das Wasser eindrang, schöpften wir es heraus
so... as — so... wie
there is nothing so fine as... — es gibt nichts Schöneres als...
not so [very] difficult/easy — etc. nicht so schwer/leicht usw.
so beautiful a present — so ein schönes Geschenk; ein so schönes Geschenk
and so on [and so forth] — und so weiter [und so fort]
so many — so viele; (unspecified number) soundso viele
so much — so viel; (unspecified amount) soundso viel
the villages are all so much alike — die Dörfer gleichen sich alle so sehr
so much the better — um so besser
not so much... as — weniger... als [eher]
not so much as — (not even) [noch] nicht einmal
2) (in that manner) sothis being so — da dem so ist (geh.)
it so happened that he was not there — er war [zufällig] gerade nicht da
3) (to such a degree) sothis answer so provoked him that... — diese Antwort provozierte ihn so od. derart, dass...
so much so that... — so sehr, dass...; das geht/ging so weit, dass...
4) (with the intent)so as to — um... zu
so [that] — damit
5) (emphatically) soI'm so glad/tired! — ich bin ja so froh/müde!
so kind of you! — wirklich nett von Ihnen!
so sorry! — (coll.) Entschuldigung!; Verzeihung!
6) (indeed)It's a rainbow! - So it is! — Es ist ein Regenbogen! - Ja, wirklich!
you said it was good, and so it was — du sagtest, es sei gut, und so war es auch
is that so? — so? (ugs.); wirklich?
and so he did — und das machte/tat er [dann] auch
it may be so, possibly so — [das ist] möglich
7) (likewise)so am/have/would/could/will/do I — ich auch
8) (thus) soand so it was that... — und so geschah es, dass...
not so! — nein, nein!
9) (replacing clause, phrase, word)he suggested that I should take the train, and if I had done so,... — er riet mir, den Zug zu nehmen, und wenn ich es getan hätte,...
I'm afraid so — leider ja; ich fürchte schon
the teacher said so — der Lehrer hat es gesagt
I suppose so — ich nehme an (ugs.); expr. reluctant agreement wenn es sein muss; granting grudging permission von mir aus
I told you so — ich habe es dir [ja] gesagt
he is a man of the world, so to say or speak — er ist sozusagen ein Mann von Welt
it will take a week or so — es wird so ungefähr (ugs.) od. etwa eine Woche dauern
there were twenty or so people — es waren so (ugs.) um die zwanzig Leute da
2. conjunctionvery much so — in der Tat; allerdings
(therefore) daherso 'that's what he meant — das hat er also gemeint
so 'there you are! — da bist du also!
so that's 'that — (coll.) (it's done) [al]so, das wars (ugs.); (it's over) das wars also (ugs.); (everything has been taken care of) das wärs dann (ugs.)
so 'there! — [und] fertig!; [und damit] basta! (ugs.)
so you see... — du siehst also...
* * *[səu] 1. adverb1) ((used in several types of sentence to express degree) to this extent, or to such an extent: `The snake was about so long,' he said, holding his hands about a metre apart; Don't get so worried!; She was so pleased with his progress in school that she bought him a new bicycle; They couldn't all get into the room, there were so many of them; He departed without so much as (= without even) a goodbye; You've been so (= very) kind to me!; Thank you so much!) so2) ((used to express manner) in this/that way: As you hope to be treated by others, so you must treat them; He likes everything to be (arranged) just so (= in one particular and precise way); It so happens that I have to go to an important meeting tonight.) so3) ((used in place of a word, phrase etc previously used, or something previously stated) as already indicated: `Are you really leaving your job?' `Yes, I've already told you / said so'; `Is she arriving tomorrow?' `Yes, I hope so'; If you haven't read the notice, please do so now; `Is that so (= true)?' `Yes, it's really so'; `Was your father angry?' `Yes, even more so than I was expecting - in fact, so much so that he refused to speak to me all day!) das, so, so... daß4) (in the same way; also: `I hope we'll meet again.' `So do I.'; She has a lot of money and so has her husband.) auch5) ((used to express agreement or confirmation) indeed: `You said you were going shopping today.' `So I did, but I've changed my mind.'; `You'll need this book tomorrow, won't you?' `So I will.') tatsächlich2. conjunction((and) therefore: John had a bad cold, so I took him to the doctor; `So you think you'd like this job, then?' `Yes.'; And so they got married and lived happily ever after.) also- academic.ru/68560/so-called">so-called- so-so
- and so on/forth
- or so
- so as to
- so far
- so good
- so that
- so to say/speak* * *so[səʊ, AM soʊ]1. (to an indicated degree) soI'm \so tired [that] I could sleep in this chair ich bin so müde, dass ich hier im Sessel einschlafen könntehe's quite nice, more \so than I was led to believe er ist ganz nett, viel netter als ich angenommen hattehe's not \so stupid as he looks er ist gar nicht so dumm, wie er aussiehtlook, the gap was about \so wide schau mal, die Lücke war ungefähr so großthe table that I liked best was about \so wide der Tisch, der mir am besten gefallen hat, war ungefähr so breit2. (to a great degree)what are you looking \so pleased about? was freut dich denn so [sehr]?your hair is \so soft dein Haar ist so [unglaublich] weichshe's \so beautiful sie ist so [wunder]schönI am \so cold mir ist so kaltI am \so [very] hungry/thirsty ich bin [ja] so hungrig/durstig!, hab ich einen Durst/einen Riesenhunger! famshe's ever \so kind and nice sie ist ja so freundlich und nett!\so fair a face he could not recall ( liter or old) niemals zuvor hatte er ein so liebreizendes Gesicht gesehen literwhat's \so wrong with that? was ist denn daran so falsch?is that why you hate him \so? ist das der Grund, warum du ihn so sehr hasst?and I love you \so und ich liebe dich so sehryou worry \so [much] du machst dir so viele Sorgen3. (in such a way) sowe've \so planned our holiday that the kids will have a lot of fun wir haben unsere Ferien so geplant, dass die Kinder viel Spaß haben werdengently fold in the eggs like \so rühren Sie die Eier auf diese Weise vorsichtig unter4. (perfect)[to be] just \so genau richtig [sein]I want everything just \so ich will, dass alles perfekt istif you don't do things just \so, he comes along and yells at you wenn du nicht alles absolut richtig machst, kommt er und schreit dich an5. (also, likewise) auchI'm hungry as can be and \so are the kids ich habe einen Riesenhunger und die Kinder auch famI've got an enormous amount of work to do — \so have I ich habe jede Menge Arbeit — ich auchI'm allergic to nuts — \so is my brother ich bin gegen Nüsse allergisch — mein Bruder auchI hope they stay together — I hope \so, too ich hoffe, sie bleiben zusammen — das hoffe ich auchI [very much] hope \so! das hoffe ich doch sehr!6. (yes) jashould we get going now? — I should say \so sollen wir jetzt anfangen? — ja, ich finde schoncan I watch television? — I suppose \so darf ich fernsehen? — na gut, meinetwegen [o von mir aus]is this that the correct answer? — I suppose \so ist das die richtige Antwort? — ich glaube schon [o ja]I'm afraid \so ich fürchte jahaha, you don't have a bike — I do \so haha, du hast ja gar kein Fahrrad — hab' ich wohl!8. (that) das\so they say so sagt man\so I believe [das] glaube ich jedenfallsI'm sorry I'm late — \so you should be es tut mir leid, dass ich mich verspätet habe — das will ich auch schwer hoffen... or \so they say/I've heard... so heißt es jedenfalls/das habe ich zumindest gehörtCarla's coming over this summer or \so I've heard Carla kommt diesen Sommer, [das] habe ich jedenfalls gehörtwell then, \so be it also gutI told you \so ich habe es dir ja [o doch] gesagthe looks like James Dean — \so he does er sieht aus wie James Dean — stimmt!is that \so? ist das wahr?, stimmt das?\so it is das stimmtif \so... wenn das so ist...that being \so,... angesichts dieser Tatsache...to be quite \so wirklich stimmen10. (this way, like that) soI'm sure it's better \so ich bin sicher, so ist es besserand \so it was und so kam es dann auchand \so it was that... und so kam es, dass...it \so happened that I was in the area ich war zufällig [gerade] in der Näheand \so forth [or on] und so weiter\so to say [or speak] sozusagen11.▶ \so far \so good so weit, so gut▶ \so long bis dann [o später]▶ \so much for that so viel zum ThemaII. conj1. (therefore) deshalb, daherI couldn't find you \so I left ich konnte dich nicht finden, also bin ich gegangenmy landlord kicked me out and \so I was forced to seek yet another apartment mein Vermieter hat mich rausgeworfen, weshalb ich mir schon wieder eine neue Wohnung suchen musstehe said he wanted to come along, \so I told him that... er sagte, er wolle mitfahren, worauf ich ihm mitteilte, dass...3. (introducing a sentence) also\so we leave on the Thursday wir fahren also an diesem Donnerstag\so that's what he does when I'm not around das macht er also, wenn ich nicht da bin\so where have you been? wo warst du denn die ganze Zeit?\so what's the problem? wo liegt denn das Problem?\so that's that for now das wär's dann fürs Erste fam4. (in order to) damitbe quiet \so she can concentrate sei still, damit sie sich konzentrieren kann5.I'll join the army \so long as you do too ich gehe zum Militär, sofern du auch gehst\so long as he doesn't go too far,... solange er nicht zu weit geht,...that's \so 70's das ist typisch 70er fam* * *abbr S* * *so1 [səʊ]A adv1. (meist vor adj und adv) so, dermaßen:so great a man ein so großer Mann;I am so glad ich freue mich (ja) so;you are so right ganz richtig3. so (…, dass):4. so, in dieser Weise:so it is (genau) so ist es, stimmt;is that so? wirklich?;so as to sodass, um zu;so that sodass;or so etwa, oder so;in an hour or so so in einer Stunde;why so? warum?, wieso?;how so? wie (kommt) das?;a) es, das:I hope so ich hoffe es;I have never said so das habe ich nie behauptet;I think so ich glaube oder denke schon;I should think so ich denke doch!, das will ich meinen!;what makes you think so? wie kommst du denn da drauf?;I told you so ich habe es dir ja (gleich) gesagtb) auch:you are tired and so am I du bist müde und ich (bin es) auch;I am stupid - so you are allerdings(, das bist du)!6. also:so you came after all du bist also doch (noch) gekommen;so what? umg na und?, na wenn schon?B konj daher, folglich, deshalb, also, und so, so … denn:he was ill, so they were quiet er war krank, deshalb waren sie ruhig;it was necessary, so we did it es war nötig, und so taten wir es (denn)so2 [səʊ] → sol2* * *1.[səʊ]adverb1) (by that amount) soas winter draws near, so it gets darker — je näher der Winter rückt, desto dunkler wird es
as fast as the water poured in, so we bailed it out — in dem Maße, wie das Wasser eindrang, schöpften wir es heraus
so... as — so... wie
there is nothing so fine as... — es gibt nichts Schöneres als...
not so [very] difficult/easy — etc. nicht so schwer/leicht usw.
so beautiful a present — so ein schönes Geschenk; ein so schönes Geschenk
so far — bis hierher; (until now) bisher; bis jetzt; (to such a distance) so weit
and so on [and so forth] — und so weiter [und so fort]
so many — so viele; (unspecified number) soundso viele
so much — so viel; (unspecified amount) soundso viel
so much for him/his plans — (that is all) das wärs, was ihn/seine Pläne angeht
not so much... as — weniger... als [eher]
not so much as — (not even) [noch] nicht einmal
2) (in that manner) sothis being so — da dem so ist (geh.)
it so happened that he was not there — er war [zufällig] gerade nicht da
3) (to such a degree) sothis answer so provoked him that... — diese Antwort provozierte ihn so od. derart, dass...
so much so that... — so sehr, dass...; das geht/ging so weit, dass...
so as to — um... zu
so [that] — damit
5) (emphatically) soI'm so glad/tired! — ich bin ja so froh/müde!
so sorry! — (coll.) Entschuldigung!; Verzeihung!
6) (indeed)It's a rainbow! - So it is! — Es ist ein Regenbogen! - Ja, wirklich!
you said it was good, and so it was — du sagtest, es sei gut, und so war es auch
is that so? — so? (ugs.); wirklich?
and so he did — und das machte/tat er [dann] auch
it may be so, possibly so — [das ist] möglich
7) (likewise)so am/have/would/could/will/do I — ich auch
8) (thus) soand so it was that... — und so geschah es, dass...
not so! — nein, nein!
9) (replacing clause, phrase, word)he suggested that I should take the train, and if I had done so,... — er riet mir, den Zug zu nehmen, und wenn ich es getan hätte,...
I'm afraid so — leider ja; ich fürchte schon
I suppose so — ich nehme an (ugs.); expr. reluctant agreement wenn es sein muss; granting grudging permission von mir aus
I told you so — ich habe es dir [ja] gesagt
he is a man of the world, so to say or speak — er ist sozusagen ein Mann von Welt
it will take a week or so — es wird so ungefähr (ugs.) od. etwa eine Woche dauern
there were twenty or so people — es waren so (ugs.) um die zwanzig Leute da
2. conjunctionvery much so — in der Tat; allerdings
(therefore) daherso that's 'that — (coll.) (it's done) [al]so, das wars (ugs.); (it's over) das wars also (ugs.); (everything has been taken care of) das wärs dann (ugs.)
so 'there! — [und] fertig!; [und damit] basta! (ugs.)
so you see... — du siehst also...
* * *adv.also adv.daher adv.demnach adv.so adv. -
116 en
en [ɑ̃]━━━━━━━━━1. preposition2. pronoun━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━1. <a. (lieu: situation) in• vivre en France/Normandie to live in France/Normandy• il habite en banlieue/ville he lives in the suburbs/the town• il voyage en Grèce/Corse he's travelling around Greece/Corsicab. (lieu: mouvement) to• aller or partir en Angleterre/Normandie to go to England/Normandye. ( = chez) ce que j'aime en lui, c'est son courage what I like about him is his couragef. ( = habillé de) ing. (description, composition) in• c'est en quoi ? (inf) what's it made of?━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► En anglais, un nom en apposition remplace souvent l'adjectif pour décrire la matière dont quelque chose est fait.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► en + comparatif• c'est son frère en mieux he's like his brother, only betterh. ( = comme un) agir en tyran to act like a tyrant• en bon politicien, il... being the skilled politician he is, he...i. ( = dans le domaine de) en politique in politics• ce que je préfère en musique, c'est... what I like best in the way of music is...• diplôme en droit/histoire law/history degreek. ► en + participe présent• « non » dit-il en haussant les épaules "no", he said with a shrug━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━► Lorsque en exprime une cause, il est traduit par by.━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━• en disant cela, il s'est fait des ennemis he made enemies by saying that2. <a. (lieu) quand va-t-il à Nice ? -- il en revient when is he off to Nice? -- he's just come back• voulez-vous des pommes ? il y en a encore would you like some apples? there are still some leftd. (objet) rendez-moi mon stylo, j'en ai besoin give me back my pen - I need it• qu'est-ce que tu en feras ? what will you do with it (or them)?• tu en as eu de beaux jouets à Noël ! what lovely toys you got for Christmas!• c'est une bonne classe, les professeurs en sont contents they are a good class and the teachers are pleased with them• je t'en donne 100 € I'll give you 100 euros for ite. ► en être• où en est-il dans ses études ? how far has he got with his studies?• elle, mentir ? elle en est incapable she couldn't lie if she tried* * *œɛn* * *abr nf Éducation nationaleSee:* * *en ⇒ Note d'usageA prép1 ( lieu) ( où l'on est) in; ( où l'on va) to; ( mouvement vers l'intérieur) into; vivre en France/province/ville to live in France/the provinces/town; voyager en Chine to travel in China; aller en Allemagne to go to Germany; monter en voiture to get into a car; aller en ville to go into town; le train va entrer en gare the train is about to enter the station; se promener en ville to stroll around town;2 ( temps) ( époque) in; ( moment déterminé) in; ( en l'espace de) in; en hiver/1991 in winter/1991; je prendrai mes vacances en septembre I'm taking my vacation in September; il a fait ce travail en dix jours he completed the work in ten days; en semaine, il mange à la cantine during the week he eats in the canteen;3 ( moyens de transport) by; voyager en train/avion/voiture/bateau to travel by train ou rail/plane ou air/car/boat; je suis venu en taxi I came by taxi; aller à Marseille en avion/voiture to fly/to drive to Marseilles; nous avons fait un tour en barque we went out in a rowing-boat; descendre la rivière en aviron to row down the river;4 (manière, état) elle était tout en vert/blanc she was all in green/white; il est toujours en manteau/cravate he always wears a coat/tie; un ouvrage en vers/français/trois volumes a work in verse/French/three volumes; elle était très en forme/beauté she was looking very fit/beautiful;5 ( comme) ( en qualité de) as; ( de la même manière que) like; je vous parle en ami/connaisseur I'm speaking (to you) as a friend/connoisseur; j'ai eu ce livre en cadeau/récompense/souvenir I was given this book as a present/prize/souvenir; il nous considèrent en ennemis they see us as enemies; il me traite en ennemie he treats me like an enemy; agir en traître/dictateur to act like a traitor/dictator, to act in a treacherous/dictatorial way;6 ( transformation) into; ils se séparèrent en plusieurs groupes they broke up into several groups; traduire en anglais to translate into English; changer des euros en dollars to change euros into dollars;7 ( matière) made of; c'est en quoi? what is it made of?; c'est en or/plastique it's (made of) gold/plastic; c'est en bois it's made of wood, it's wooden; une montre en or a gold watch ; une veste en laine a woollenGB jacket; le cadre est en alliage the frame is alloy, it's an alloy frame;8 ( pour indiquer une variante) son fils, c'est lui en miniature his son is just like him only smaller, his son is a smaller version of him; je voudrais le même en plus grand I'd like the same only bigger; je voudrais la même en bleu I'd like the same in blue;9 (indique le domaine, la discipline) in; en politique/affaires il faut être rusé in politics/business you have to be clever; idée fondamentale en droit français fundamental idea in French law; en théorie, c'est exact in theory, it's correct; licencié en droit bachelor of law; docteur en médecine doctor of medicine; être bon en histoire to be good at history;10 (mesures, dimensions) in; compter en secondes/années to count in seconds/years; les draps se font en 90 et en 140 the sheets are available in single and double; le mur fait trois mètres en hauteur et six en longueur the wall is three metresGB high and six metresGB long; en profondeur, il y a assez d'espace pour la bibliothèque mais pas en hauteur the space is deep enough for the bookshelves but not high enough; en largeur, il y a la place pour une piscine mais pas en longueur widthwise, there's (enough) room for a swimming pool but not lengthwise.B pron1 ( le moyen) si les abricots sont abîmés, fais-en de la confiture if the apricots are bruised make jam with them; prends cette couverture et couvre-t'en take this blanket and cover yourself with it; il sortit son épée et l'en transperça he took out his sword and ran him through;2 ( la cause) ça l'a tellement bouleversé qu'il en est tombé malade it distressed him so much that he fell ill GB ou became sick US; il a eu un cancer et il en est mort he got cancer and died; elle a eu un accident de voiture et elle en est restée paralysée/infirme she had a car accident which left her paralysedGB/disabled;3 ○( emphatique) tu en as un beau chapeau! what a nice hat you've got!; eh bien! on s'en souviendra de ce dimanche! well, we won't forget this Sunday in a hurry!; je n'en veux pas de tes excuses○! I'm not interested in your excuses; et moi, je n'en ai pas des soucis, peut-être! do you think I haven't got worries too!; j'en connais qui seraient contents I know some who would be pleased.[ɑ̃] prépositionen 40 ans de carrière... in my 40 years in the job...B.[DANS L'ESPACE]1. [indiquant - la situation] in ; [ - la direction] tose promener en forêt/en ville to walk in the forest/around the town2. (figuré)en moi-même, j'avais toujours cet espoir deep down ou in my heart of hearts, I still had that hopeC.[INDIQUANT LE DOMAINE]1. [pour des connaissances]bon en latin/physique good at Latin/physics2. [dans une situation]en cela ou ce en quoi il n'a pas tort and I have to say he's right ou not wrong thereD.[INDIQUANT LA COMPOSITION] [pour des objets]chaise en bois/fer wooden/iron chairE.[INDIQUANT LA MANIÈRE, LE MOYEN]1. [marquant l'état, la forme, la manière]être en colère/en rage to be angry/in a rageen véritable ami, il m'a prévenu good friend that he is ou being a true friend, he warned meil était en pyjama he was in his pyjamas, he had his pyjamas onfaire quelque chose en cachette/en vitesse/en douceur to do something secretly/quickly/smoothlyune rue en pente a street on a slope ou a hill2. [introduisant une mesure] in3. [indiquant une transformation] into4. [marquant le moyen]en voiture/train by car/trainF.[AVEC LE GÉRONDIF]1. [indiquant la simultanéité]rien qu'en le voyant, elle se met en colère she gets angry just seeing him, the mere sight of him makes her angrytout en marchant, elles tentaient de trouver une réponse while walking ou as they walked, they tried to find an answer2. [indiquant la concession, l'opposition]en étant plus conciliant, il ne changeait toujours pas d'avis whilst ou although he was more conciliatory, he still wouldn't change his mind3. [indiquant la cause, le moyen, la manière]4. [introduisant une condition, une supposition] ifen prenant un cas concret, on voit que... if we take a concrete example, we can see that...en supposant que... supposing that...G.[INTRODUISANT LE COMPLÉMENT DU VERBE] incroire en quelqu'un/quelque chose to believe in somebody/something————————[ɑ̃] pronomA.[COMPLÉMENT DU VERBE]1. [indiquant le lieu]il faudra que tu ailles à la poste — j'en viens you'll have to go to the post office — I've just got back from ou just been there2. [indiquant la cause, l'agent]on en meurt you can die of ou from it3. [complément d'objet]voilà des fraises/du lait, donne-lui-en here are some strawberries/here's some milk, give him somesi tu n'aimes pas la viande/les olives, n'en mange pas if you don't like meat/olives, don't eat anytous les invités ne sont pas arrivés, il en manque deux all the guests haven't arrived yet, two are missingtu en as acheté beaucoup you've bought a lot (of it/of them)4. [avec une valeur emphatique]tu en as de la chance! you really are lucky, you are!5. [complément d'objet indirect] about it6. [comme attribut]B.[EN COMPLÉMENT]1. [du nom ou du pronom]2. [de l'adjectif]sa maison en est pleine his house is full of it/themC.[LOCUTIONS] [locutions verbales]s'en prendre à quelqu'un to blame ou to attack somebodyil n'en croit pas ses oreilles/yeux he can't believe his ears/eyes -
117 SO
1.[səʊ]adverb1) (by that amount) soas winter draws near, so it gets darker — je näher der Winter rückt, desto dunkler wird es
as fast as the water poured in, so we bailed it out — in dem Maße, wie das Wasser eindrang, schöpften wir es heraus
so... as — so... wie
there is nothing so fine as... — es gibt nichts Schöneres als...
not so [very] difficult/easy — etc. nicht so schwer/leicht usw.
so beautiful a present — so ein schönes Geschenk; ein so schönes Geschenk
and so on [and so forth] — und so weiter [und so fort]
so many — so viele; (unspecified number) soundso viele
so much — so viel; (unspecified amount) soundso viel
the villages are all so much alike — die Dörfer gleichen sich alle so sehr
so much the better — um so besser
not so much... as — weniger... als [eher]
not so much as — (not even) [noch] nicht einmal
2) (in that manner) sothis being so — da dem so ist (geh.)
it so happened that he was not there — er war [zufällig] gerade nicht da
3) (to such a degree) sothis answer so provoked him that... — diese Antwort provozierte ihn so od. derart, dass...
so much so that... — so sehr, dass...; das geht/ging so weit, dass...
4) (with the intent)so as to — um... zu
so [that] — damit
5) (emphatically) soI'm so glad/tired! — ich bin ja so froh/müde!
so kind of you! — wirklich nett von Ihnen!
so sorry! — (coll.) Entschuldigung!; Verzeihung!
6) (indeed)It's a rainbow! - So it is! — Es ist ein Regenbogen! - Ja, wirklich!
you said it was good, and so it was — du sagtest, es sei gut, und so war es auch
is that so? — so? (ugs.); wirklich?
and so he did — und das machte/tat er [dann] auch
it may be so, possibly so — [das ist] möglich
7) (likewise)so am/have/would/could/will/do I — ich auch
8) (thus) soand so it was that... — und so geschah es, dass...
not so! — nein, nein!
9) (replacing clause, phrase, word)he suggested that I should take the train, and if I had done so,... — er riet mir, den Zug zu nehmen, und wenn ich es getan hätte,...
I'm afraid so — leider ja; ich fürchte schon
the teacher said so — der Lehrer hat es gesagt
I suppose so — ich nehme an (ugs.); expr. reluctant agreement wenn es sein muss; granting grudging permission von mir aus
I told you so — ich habe es dir [ja] gesagt
he is a man of the world, so to say or speak — er ist sozusagen ein Mann von Welt
it will take a week or so — es wird so ungefähr (ugs.) od. etwa eine Woche dauern
there were twenty or so people — es waren so (ugs.) um die zwanzig Leute da
2. conjunctionvery much so — in der Tat; allerdings
(therefore) daherso 'that's what he meant — das hat er also gemeint
so 'there you are! — da bist du also!
so that's 'that — (coll.) (it's done) [al]so, das wars (ugs.); (it's over) das wars also (ugs.); (everything has been taken care of) das wärs dann (ugs.)
so 'there! — [und] fertig!; [und damit] basta! (ugs.)
so you see... — du siehst also...
* * *[səu] 1. adverb1) ((used in several types of sentence to express degree) to this extent, or to such an extent: `The snake was about so long,' he said, holding his hands about a metre apart; Don't get so worried!; She was so pleased with his progress in school that she bought him a new bicycle; They couldn't all get into the room, there were so many of them; He departed without so much as (= without even) a goodbye; You've been so (= very) kind to me!; Thank you so much!) so2) ((used to express manner) in this/that way: As you hope to be treated by others, so you must treat them; He likes everything to be (arranged) just so (= in one particular and precise way); It so happens that I have to go to an important meeting tonight.) so3) ((used in place of a word, phrase etc previously used, or something previously stated) as already indicated: `Are you really leaving your job?' `Yes, I've already told you / said so'; `Is she arriving tomorrow?' `Yes, I hope so'; If you haven't read the notice, please do so now; `Is that so (= true)?' `Yes, it's really so'; `Was your father angry?' `Yes, even more so than I was expecting - in fact, so much so that he refused to speak to me all day!) das, so, so... daß4) (in the same way; also: `I hope we'll meet again.' `So do I.'; She has a lot of money and so has her husband.) auch5) ((used to express agreement or confirmation) indeed: `You said you were going shopping today.' `So I did, but I've changed my mind.'; `You'll need this book tomorrow, won't you?' `So I will.') tatsächlich2. conjunction((and) therefore: John had a bad cold, so I took him to the doctor; `So you think you'd like this job, then?' `Yes.'; And so they got married and lived happily ever after.) also- academic.ru/68560/so-called">so-called- so-so
- and so on/forth
- or so
- so as to
- so far
- so good
- so that
- so to say/speak* * *so[səʊ, AM soʊ]1. (to an indicated degree) soI'm \so tired [that] I could sleep in this chair ich bin so müde, dass ich hier im Sessel einschlafen könntehe's quite nice, more \so than I was led to believe er ist ganz nett, viel netter als ich angenommen hattehe's not \so stupid as he looks er ist gar nicht so dumm, wie er aussiehtlook, the gap was about \so wide schau mal, die Lücke war ungefähr so großthe table that I liked best was about \so wide der Tisch, der mir am besten gefallen hat, war ungefähr so breit2. (to a great degree)what are you looking \so pleased about? was freut dich denn so [sehr]?your hair is \so soft dein Haar ist so [unglaublich] weichshe's \so beautiful sie ist so [wunder]schönI am \so cold mir ist so kaltI am \so [very] hungry/thirsty ich bin [ja] so hungrig/durstig!, hab ich einen Durst/einen Riesenhunger! famshe's ever \so kind and nice sie ist ja so freundlich und nett!\so fair a face he could not recall ( liter or old) niemals zuvor hatte er ein so liebreizendes Gesicht gesehen literwhat's \so wrong with that? was ist denn daran so falsch?is that why you hate him \so? ist das der Grund, warum du ihn so sehr hasst?and I love you \so und ich liebe dich so sehryou worry \so [much] du machst dir so viele Sorgen3. (in such a way) sowe've \so planned our holiday that the kids will have a lot of fun wir haben unsere Ferien so geplant, dass die Kinder viel Spaß haben werdengently fold in the eggs like \so rühren Sie die Eier auf diese Weise vorsichtig unter4. (perfect)[to be] just \so genau richtig [sein]I want everything just \so ich will, dass alles perfekt istif you don't do things just \so, he comes along and yells at you wenn du nicht alles absolut richtig machst, kommt er und schreit dich an5. (also, likewise) auchI'm hungry as can be and \so are the kids ich habe einen Riesenhunger und die Kinder auch famI've got an enormous amount of work to do — \so have I ich habe jede Menge Arbeit — ich auchI'm allergic to nuts — \so is my brother ich bin gegen Nüsse allergisch — mein Bruder auchI hope they stay together — I hope \so, too ich hoffe, sie bleiben zusammen — das hoffe ich auchI [very much] hope \so! das hoffe ich doch sehr!6. (yes) jashould we get going now? — I should say \so sollen wir jetzt anfangen? — ja, ich finde schoncan I watch television? — I suppose \so darf ich fernsehen? — na gut, meinetwegen [o von mir aus]is this that the correct answer? — I suppose \so ist das die richtige Antwort? — ich glaube schon [o ja]I'm afraid \so ich fürchte jahaha, you don't have a bike — I do \so haha, du hast ja gar kein Fahrrad — hab' ich wohl!8. (that) das\so they say so sagt man\so I believe [das] glaube ich jedenfallsI'm sorry I'm late — \so you should be es tut mir leid, dass ich mich verspätet habe — das will ich auch schwer hoffen... or \so they say/I've heard... so heißt es jedenfalls/das habe ich zumindest gehörtCarla's coming over this summer or \so I've heard Carla kommt diesen Sommer, [das] habe ich jedenfalls gehörtwell then, \so be it also gutI told you \so ich habe es dir ja [o doch] gesagthe looks like James Dean — \so he does er sieht aus wie James Dean — stimmt!is that \so? ist das wahr?, stimmt das?\so it is das stimmtif \so... wenn das so ist...that being \so,... angesichts dieser Tatsache...to be quite \so wirklich stimmen10. (this way, like that) soI'm sure it's better \so ich bin sicher, so ist es besserand \so it was und so kam es dann auchand \so it was that... und so kam es, dass...it \so happened that I was in the area ich war zufällig [gerade] in der Näheand \so forth [or on] und so weiter\so to say [or speak] sozusagen11.▶ \so far \so good so weit, so gut▶ \so long bis dann [o später]▶ \so much for that so viel zum ThemaII. conj1. (therefore) deshalb, daherI couldn't find you \so I left ich konnte dich nicht finden, also bin ich gegangenmy landlord kicked me out and \so I was forced to seek yet another apartment mein Vermieter hat mich rausgeworfen, weshalb ich mir schon wieder eine neue Wohnung suchen musstehe said he wanted to come along, \so I told him that... er sagte, er wolle mitfahren, worauf ich ihm mitteilte, dass...3. (introducing a sentence) also\so we leave on the Thursday wir fahren also an diesem Donnerstag\so that's what he does when I'm not around das macht er also, wenn ich nicht da bin\so where have you been? wo warst du denn die ganze Zeit?\so what's the problem? wo liegt denn das Problem?\so that's that for now das wär's dann fürs Erste fam4. (in order to) damitbe quiet \so she can concentrate sei still, damit sie sich konzentrieren kann5.I'll join the army \so long as you do too ich gehe zum Militär, sofern du auch gehst\so long as he doesn't go too far,... solange er nicht zu weit geht,...that's \so 70's das ist typisch 70er fam* * *abbr S* * *SO abk Br Stationery Office (Amt, das Publikationen der Regierungsstellen herausgibt und für die Verteilung von Büroartikeln an Ministerien und Ämter zuständig ist)* * *1.[səʊ]adverb1) (by that amount) soas winter draws near, so it gets darker — je näher der Winter rückt, desto dunkler wird es
as fast as the water poured in, so we bailed it out — in dem Maße, wie das Wasser eindrang, schöpften wir es heraus
so... as — so... wie
there is nothing so fine as... — es gibt nichts Schöneres als...
not so [very] difficult/easy — etc. nicht so schwer/leicht usw.
so beautiful a present — so ein schönes Geschenk; ein so schönes Geschenk
so far — bis hierher; (until now) bisher; bis jetzt; (to such a distance) so weit
and so on [and so forth] — und so weiter [und so fort]
so many — so viele; (unspecified number) soundso viele
so much — so viel; (unspecified amount) soundso viel
so much for him/his plans — (that is all) das wärs, was ihn/seine Pläne angeht
not so much... as — weniger... als [eher]
not so much as — (not even) [noch] nicht einmal
2) (in that manner) sothis being so — da dem so ist (geh.)
it so happened that he was not there — er war [zufällig] gerade nicht da
3) (to such a degree) sothis answer so provoked him that... — diese Antwort provozierte ihn so od. derart, dass...
so much so that... — so sehr, dass...; das geht/ging so weit, dass...
so as to — um... zu
so [that] — damit
5) (emphatically) soI'm so glad/tired! — ich bin ja so froh/müde!
so sorry! — (coll.) Entschuldigung!; Verzeihung!
6) (indeed)It's a rainbow! - So it is! — Es ist ein Regenbogen! - Ja, wirklich!
you said it was good, and so it was — du sagtest, es sei gut, und so war es auch
is that so? — so? (ugs.); wirklich?
and so he did — und das machte/tat er [dann] auch
it may be so, possibly so — [das ist] möglich
7) (likewise)so am/have/would/could/will/do I — ich auch
8) (thus) soand so it was that... — und so geschah es, dass...
not so! — nein, nein!
9) (replacing clause, phrase, word)he suggested that I should take the train, and if I had done so,... — er riet mir, den Zug zu nehmen, und wenn ich es getan hätte,...
I'm afraid so — leider ja; ich fürchte schon
I suppose so — ich nehme an (ugs.); expr. reluctant agreement wenn es sein muss; granting grudging permission von mir aus
I told you so — ich habe es dir [ja] gesagt
he is a man of the world, so to say or speak — er ist sozusagen ein Mann von Welt
it will take a week or so — es wird so ungefähr (ugs.) od. etwa eine Woche dauern
there were twenty or so people — es waren so (ugs.) um die zwanzig Leute da
2. conjunctionvery much so — in der Tat; allerdings
(therefore) daherso that's 'that — (coll.) (it's done) [al]so, das wars (ugs.); (it's over) das wars also (ugs.); (everything has been taken care of) das wärs dann (ugs.)
so 'there! — [und] fertig!; [und damit] basta! (ugs.)
so you see... — du siehst also...
* * *adv.also adv.daher adv.demnach adv.so adv. -
118 go
I [gəu] 1. гл.; прош. вр. went, прич. прош. вр. gone1)а) идти, ехать, двигатьсяWe are going too fast. — Мы идём слишком быстро.
Who goes? Stand, or I fire. — Стой, кто идёт? Стрелять буду.
The baby went behind his mother to play a hiding game. — Малыш решил поиграть в прятки и спрятался за маму.
Go ahead, what are you waiting for? — Идите вперёд, чего вы ждёте?
I'll go ahead and warn the others to expect you later. — Я пойду вперёд и предупрежу остальных, что вы подойдёте позже.
My brother quickly passing him, went ahead, and won the match easily. — Мой брат быстро обогнал его, вышел вперёд и легко выиграл матч.
As the roads were so icy, the cars were going along very slowly and carefully. — Так как дороги были покрыты льдом, машины продвигались очень медленно и осторожно.
The deer has gone beyond the trees; I can't shoot at it from this distance. — Олень зашёл за деревья; я не могу попасть в него с этого расстояния.
You've missed the bus, it just went by. — Ты опоздал на автобус, он только что проехал.
Let's go forward to the front of the hall. — Давай продвинемся к началу зала.
I have to go in now, my mother's calling me for tea. — Мне надо идти, мама зовёт меня пить чай.
The car went into a tree and was severely damaged. — Машина влетела в дерево и была сильно повреждена.
The police examined the cars and then allowed them to go on. — Полицейские осмотрели машины, а потом пропустили их.
I don't think you should go out with that bad cold. — Я думаю, с такой простудой тебе лучше сидеть дома.
It's dangerous here, with bullets going over our heads all the time. — Здесь опасно, пули так и свистят над головами.
I fear that you cannot go over to the cottage. — Боюсь, что ты не сможешь сходить в этот коттедж.
I spent a day or two on going round and seeing the other colleges. — Я провёл день или два, обходя другие колледжи.
This material is so stiff that even my thickest needle won't go through. — Этот материал настолько плотный, что даже моя самая большая игла не может проткнуть его.
Don't leave me alone, let me go with you! — Не бросай меня, позволь мне пойти с тобой!
The piano won't go through this narrow entrance. — Фортепиано не пройдёт сквозь этот узкий вход.
There is no such thing as a level street in the city: those which do not go up, go down. — В городе нет такого понятия как ровная улица: те, которые не идут вверх, спускаются вниз.
to go on travels, to go on a journey, to go on a voyage — отправиться в путешествие
He wants me to go on a cruise with him. — Он хочет, чтобы я отправился с ним в круиз.
в) уходить, уезжатьPlease go now, I'm getting tired. — Теперь, пожалуйста, уходи, я устал.
I have to go at 5.30. — Я должен уйти в 5.30.
There was no answer to my knock, so I went away. — На мой стук никто не ответил, так что я ушёл.
Why did the painter leave his family and go off to live on a tropical island? — Почему художник бросил свою семью и уехал жить на остров в тропиках?
At the end of this scene, the murderer goes off, hearing the police arrive. — В конце сцены убийца уходит, заслышав приближение полиции.
Syn:г) пойти (куда-л.), уехать (куда-л.) с определённой цельюto go to bed — идти, отправляться, ложиться спать
to go to press — идти в печать, печататься
You'd better go for the police. — Ты лучше сбегай за полицией.
д) заниматься (чем-л.); двигаться определённым образом (что-л. делая)The bus goes right to the centre of town. — Автобус ходит прямо до центра города.
The ship goes between the two islands. — Корабль курсирует между двумя островами.
ж) разг. двигаться определённым образом, идти определённым шагомto go above one's ground — идти, высоко поднимая ноги
2)а) следовать определённым курсом, идти (каким-л. путем) прям. и перен.the man who goes straight in spite of temptation — человек, который идёт не сбиваясь с пути, несмотря на соблазны
She will never go my way, nor, I fear, shall I ever go hers. — Она никогда не будет действовать так, как я, и, боюсь, я никогда не буду действовать так, как она.
б) прибегать (к чему-л.), обращаться (к кому-л.)3) ходить (куда-л.) регулярно, с какой-л. цельюWhen I was young, we went to church every Sunday. — Когда я был маленьким, мы каждое воскресенье ходили в церковь.
4)а) идти (от чего-л.), вести (куда-л.)The boundary here goes parallel with the river. — Граница идёт здесь вдоль реки.
б) выходить (куда-л.)This door goes outside. — Эта дверь выходит наружу.
5) происходить, случаться, развиваться, проистекатьThe annual dinner never goes better than when he is in the chair. — Ежегодный обед проходит лучше всего, когда он председательствует.
The game went so strangely that I couldn't possibly tell. — Игра шла так странно, что и не рассказать.
The election went against him. — Выборы кончились для него неудачно.
What has gone of...? — Что стало, что произошло с...?
Nobody in Porlock ever knew what has gone with him. — Никто в Порлоке так и не узнал, что с ним стало.
6)а) ухудшаться, исчезать ( в результате повреждения или старения)The battery in this watch is going. — Батарейка в часах садится.
Sometimes the eyesight goes forever. — Иногда зрение теряют навсегда.
I could feel my brain going. — Я чувствовал, что мой ум перестаёт работать.
You see that your father is going very fast. — Вы видите, что ваш отец очень быстро сдаёт.
б) ломаться; изнашиваться ( до дыр)The platform went. — Трибуна обрушилась.
About half past three the foremast went in three places. — Около половины четвёртого фок-мачта треснула в трёх местах.
The dike might go any minute. — Дамбу может прорвать в любую минуту.
My old sweater had started to go at the elbows. — Мой старый свитер начал протираться на локтях.
Syn:в) быть поражённым болезнью, гнить (о растениях, урожае)The crop is good, but the potato is going everywhere. — Урожай зерновых хорош, а картофель начинает повсюду гнить.
7) разг. умирать, уходить из жизниto go to one's own place — умереть, скончаться
to go aloft / off the hooks / off the stocks / to (the) pot разг. — отправиться на небеса, протянуть ноги, сыграть в ящик
Your brother's gone - died half-an-hour ago. — Ваш брат покинул этот мир - скончался полчаса назад.
Hope he hasn't gone down; he deserved to live. — Надеюсь, что он не умер; он заслужил того, чтобы жить.
The doctors told me that he might go off any day. — Доктора сказали мне, что он может скончаться со дня на день.
I hope that when I go out I shall leave a better world behind me. — Надеюсь, что мир станет лучше, когда меня не будет.
8)а) вмещаться, подходить (по форме, размеру)The space is too small, the bookcase won't go in. — Здесь слишком мало места, книжный шкаф сюда не войдёт.
Elzevirs go readily into the pocket. — Средневековые книги-эльзевиры легко входят в карман.
The thread is too thick to go into the needle. — Эта нитка слишком толста, чтобы пролезть в игольное ушко.
Three goes into fifteen five times. — Три содержится в пятнадцати пять раз.
All the good we can find about him will go into a very few words. — Всё хорошее, что мы в нём можем найти, можно выразить в нескольких словах.
б) соответствовать, подходить (по стилю, цвету, вкусу)This furniture would go well in any room. — Эта мебель подойдёт для любой комнаты.
I don't think these colours really go, do you? — Я не думаю, что эти цвета подходят, а ты как думаешь?
Oranges go surprisingly well with duck. — Апельсины отлично подходят к утке.
That green hat doesn't go with the blue dress. — Эта зелёная шляпа не идёт к синему платью.
в) помещаться (где-л.), постоянно храниться (где-л.)This box goes on the third shelf from the top. — Эта коробка стоит на третьей полке сверху.
This book goes here. — Эта книга стоит здесь (здесь её место).
He's short, as jockeys go. — Он довольно низкого роста, даже для жокея.
"How goes it, Joe?" - "Pretty well, as times go." — "Как дела, Джо?" - "По нынешним временам вполне сносно".
10) быть посланным, отправленным (о письме, записке)I'd like this letter to go first class. — Я хотел бы отправить это письмо первым классом.
11) проходить, пролетать ( о времени)This week's gone so fast - I can't believe it's Friday already. — Эта неделя прошла так быстро, не могу поверить, что уже пятница.
Time goes so fast when you're having fun. — Когда нам весело, время бежит.
Summer is going. — Лето проходит.
One week and half of another is already gone. — Уже прошло полторы недели.
12)а) пойти (на что-л.), быть потраченным (на что-л.; о деньгах)Whatever money he got it all went on paying his debt. — Сколько бы денег он ни получил, всё уходило на выплату долга.
Your money went towards a new computer for the school. — Ваши деньги пошли на новый компьютер для школы.
Not more than a quarter of your income should go in rent. — На арендную плату должно уходить не более четверти дохода.
б) уменьшаться, кончаться (о запасах, провизии)We were worried because the food was completely gone and the water was going fast. — Мы беспокоились, так как еда уже кончилась, а вода подходила к концу.
The cake went fast. — Пирог был тут же съеден.
в) исчезатьAll its independence was gone. — Вся его независимость исчезла.
One of the results of using those drugs is that the will entirely goes. — Одно из последствий приёма этих лекарств - полная потеря воли.
This feeling gradually goes off. — Это чувство постепенно исчезает.
13) уходить ( с работы), увольняться ( обычно не по собственному желанию)They can fire me, but I won't go quietly. — Они могут меня уволить, но я не уйду тихо.
14)а) издавать (какой-л.) звукto go bang — бахнуть, хлопнуть
to go crash / smash — грохнуть, треснуть
Clatter, clatter, went the horses' hoofs. — Цок, цок, цокали лошадиные копыта.
Something seemed to go snap within me. — Что-то внутри меня щёлкнуло.
Crack went the mast. — Раздался треск мачты.
Patter, patter, goes the rain. — Кап, кап, стучит дождь.
The clock on the mantelpiece went eight. — Часы на камине пробили восемь.
15)а) иметь хождение, быть в обращении ( о деньгах)б) циркулировать, передаваться, переходить из уст в устаNow the story goes that the young Smith is in London. — Говорят, что юный Смит сейчас в Лондоне.
16)My only order was, "Clear the road - and be damn quick about it." What I said went. — Я отдал приказ: "Очистить дорогу - и, чёрт возьми, немедленно!" Это тут же было выполнено.
- from the word GoHe makes so much money that whatever he says, goes. — У него столько денег, что всё, что он ни скажет, тут же выполняется.
anything goes, everything goes разг. — всё дозволено, всё сойдёт
Around here, anything goes. — Здесь всё разрешено.
Anything goes if it's done by someone you're fond of. — Всё сойдёт, если это всё сделано тем, кого ты любишь.
в) ( go about) начинать (что-л.; делать что-л.), приступать к (чему-л.)She went about her work in a cold, impassive way. — Холодно, бесстрастно она приступила к своей работе.
17) работать исправно ( об оборудовании)The church clock has not gone for twenty years. — Часы на церкви не ходили двадцать лет.
All systems go. — Всё работает нормально.
She felt her heart go in a most unusual manner. — Она почувствовала, что сердце у неё очень странно бьётся.
Syn:18) продаваться, расходиться (по какой-л. цене)to go for a song — идти за бесценок, ничего не стоить
Gone! — Продано! ( на аукционе)
There were perfectly good coats going at $23! —Там продавали вполне приличные куртки всего за 23 доллара.
Going at four pounds fifteen, if there is no advance. — Если больше нет предложений, то продаётся за четыре фунта пятнадцать шиллингов.
This goes for 1 shilling. — Это стоит 1 шиллинг.
The house went for very little. — Дом был продан за бесценок.
19) позволить себе, согласиться (на какую-л. сумму)Lewis consented to go as high as twenty-five thousand crowns. — Льюис согласился на такую большую сумму как двадцать пять тысяч крон.
I'll go fifty dollars for a ticket. — Я позволю себе купить билет за пятьдесят долларов.
20) разг. говорить21) эвф. сходить, сбегать ( в туалет)He's in the men's room. He's been wanting to go all evening, but as long as you were playing he didn't want to miss a note. (J. Wain) — Он в туалете. Ему туда нужно было весь вечер, но пока вы играли, он не хотел пропустить ни одной нотки.
22) ( go after)а) следовать за (кем-л.); преследоватьHalf the guards went after the escaped prisoners, but they got away free. — На поиски беглецов отправилась половина гарнизона, но они всё равно сумели скрыться.
б) преследовать цель; стремиться, стараться (сделать что-л.)Jim intends to go after the big prize. — Джим намерен выиграть большой приз.
I think we should go after increased production this year. — Думаю, в этом году нам надо стремиться увеличить производство.
в) посещать в качестве поклонника, ученика или последователя23) ( go against)а) противоречить, быть против (убеждений, желаний); идти вразрез с (чем-л.)to go against the grain, go against the hair — вызывать внутренний протест, быть не по нутру
I wouldn't advise you to go against the director. — Не советую тебе перечить директору.
It goes against my nature to get up early in the morning. — Рано вставать по утрам противно моей натуре.
The run of luck went against Mr. Nickleby. (Ch. Dickens) — Удача отвернулась от мистера Никльби.
Syn:б) быть не в пользу (кого-л.), закончиться неблагоприятно для (кого-л.; о соревнованиях, выборах)One of his many law-suits seemed likely to go against him. — Он, судя по всему, проигрывал один из своих многочисленных судебных процессов.
If the election goes against the government, who will lead the country? — Если на выборах проголосуют против правительства, кто же возглавит страну?
24) ( go at) разг.а) бросаться на (кого-л.)Our dog went at the postman again this morning. — Наша собака опять сегодня набросилась на почтальона.
Selina went at her again for further information. — Селина снова набросилась на неё, требуя дополнительной информации.
б) энергично браться за (что-л.)The students are really going at their studies now that the examinations are near. — Экзамены близко, так что студенты в самом деле взялись за учёбу.
25) ( go before)а) представать перед (чем-л.), явиться лицом к лицу с (чем-л.)When you go before the judge, you must speak the exact truth. — Когда ты выступаешь в суде, ты должен говорить чистую правду.
б) предлагать (что-л.) на рассмотрениеYour suggestion goes before the board of directors next week. — Совет директоров рассмотрит ваше предложение на следующей неделе.
Syn:26) ( go behind) не ограничиваться (чем-л.)27) ( go between) быть посредником между (кем-л.)The little girl was given a bar of chocolate as her payment for going between her sister and her sister's boyfriend. — Младшая сестра получила шоколадку за то, что была посыльной между своей старшей сестрой и её парнем.
28) ( go beyond)а) превышать, превосходить (что-л.)The money that I won went beyond my fondest hopes. — Сумма, которую я выиграл, превосходила все мои ожидания.
Be careful not to go beyond your rights. — Будь осторожен, не превышай своих прав.
б) оказаться трудным, непостижимым (для кого-л.)I was interested to hear the speaker, but his speech went beyond me. — Мне было интересно послушать докладчика, но его речь была выше моего понимания.
в) продвигаться дальше (чего-л.)I don't think this class will be able to go beyond lesson six. — Не думаю, что этот класс сможет продвинуться дальше шестого урока.
•- go beyond caring- go beyond endurance
- go beyond a joke29) (go by / under) называтьсяto go by / under the name of — быть известным под именем
Our friend William often goes by Billy. — Нашего друга Вильяма часто называют Билли.
He went under the name of Baker, to avoid discovery by the police. — Скрываясь от полиции, он жил под именем Бейкера.
30) ( go by) судить по (чему-л.); руководствоваться (чем-л.), действовать в соответствии с (чем-л.)to go by the book разг. — действовать в соответствии с правилами, педантично выполнять правила
You can't go by what he says, he's very untrustworthy. — Не стоит судить о ситуации по его словам, ему нельзя верить.
You make a mistake if you go by appearances. — Ты ошибаешься, если судишь о людях по внешнему виду.
I go by the barometer. — Я пользуюсь барометром.
Our chairman always goes by the rules. — Наш председатель всегда действует по правилам.
31) ( go for)а) стремиться к (чему-л.)I think we should go for increased production this year. — Думаю, в этом году нам надо стремиться увеличить производительность.
б) выбирать; любить, нравитьсяThe people will never go for that guff. — Людям не понравится эта пустая болтовня.
She doesn't go for whiskers. — Ей не нравятся бакенбарды.
в) разг. наброситься, обрушиться на (кого-л.)The black cow immediately went for him. — Чёрная корова немедленно кинулась на него.
The speaker went for the profiteers. — Оратор обрушился на спекулянтов.
г) становиться (кем-л.), действовать в качестве (кого-л.)I'm well made all right. I could go for a model if I wanted. — У меня отличная фигура. Я могла бы стать манекенщицей, если бы захотела.
д) быть принятым за (кого-л.), считаться (кем-л.), сходить за (кого-л.)He goes for a lawyer, but I don't think he ever studied or practised law. — Говорят, он адвокат, но мне кажется, что он никогда не изучал юриспруденцию и не работал в этой области.
е) быть действительным по отношению к (кому-л. / чему-л.), относиться к (кому-л. / чему-л.)that goes for me — это относится ко мне; это мое дело
I don't care if Pittsburgh chokes. And that goes for Cincinnati, too. (P. G. Wodehouse) — Мне всё равно, если Питсбург задохнётся. То же самое касается Цинциннати.
•- go for broke- go for a burton32) ( go into)а) входить, вступать; принимать участиеHe wanted to go into Parliament. — Он хотел стать членом парламента.
He went eagerly into the compact. — Он охотно принял участие в сделке.
The Times has gone into open opposition to the Government on all points except foreign policy. — “Таймс” встал в открытую оппозицию к правительству по всем вопросам, кроме внешней политики.
Syn:take part, undertakeб) впадать ( в истерику); приходить ( в ярость)the man who went into ecstasies at discovering that Cape Breton was an island — человек, который впал в экстаз, обнаружив, что мыс Бретон является островом
I nearly went into hysterics. — Я был на грани истерики.
в) начинать заниматься (чем-л. в качестве профессии, должности, занятия)He went keenly into dairying. — Он активно занялся производством молочных продуктов.
He went into practice for himself. — Он самостоятельно занялся практикой.
Hicks naturally went into law. — Хикс, естественно, занялся правом.
г) носить (о стиле в одежде; особенно носить траур)to go into long dresses, trousers, etc. — носить длинные платья, брюки
She shocked Mrs. Spark by refusing to go into full mourning. — Она шокировала миссис Спарк, отказываясь носить полный траур.
д) расследовать, тщательно рассматривать, изучатьWe cannot of course go into the history of these wars. — Естественно, мы не можем во всех подробностях рассмотреть историю этих войн.
•- go into details- go into detail
- go into abeyance
- go into action33) ( go off) разлюбить (что-л.), потерять интерес к (чему-л.)I simply don't feel anything for him any more. In fact, I've gone off him. — Я просто не испытываю больше к нему никаких чувств. По существу, я его разлюбила.
34) ( go over)а) перечитывать; повторятьThe schoolboy goes over his lesson, before going up before the master. — Ученик повторяет свой урок, прежде чем отвечать учителю.
He went over the explanation two or three times. — Он повторил объяснение два или три раза.
Syn:б) внимательно изучать, тщательно рассматривать; проводить осмотрWe went over the house thoroughly before buying it. — Мы тщательно осмотрели дом, прежде чем купить его.
I've asked the garage people to go over my car thoroughly. — Я попросил людей в сервисе тщательно осмотреть машину.
Harry and I have been going over old letters. — Гарри и я просматривали старые письма.
We must go over the account books together. — Нам надо вместе проглядеть бухгалтерские книги.
35) ( go through)а) просматривать (что-л.)It would take far too long to go through all the propositions. — Изучение всех предложений займёт слишком много времени.
б) пережить, перенести (что-л.)All that men go through may be absolutely the best for them. — Все испытания, которым подвергается человек, могут оказаться для него благом.
Syn:в) проходить (какие-л. этапы)The disease went through the whole city. — Болезнь распространилась по всему городу.
д) осматривать, обыскиватьThe girls were "going through" a drunken sailor. — Девицы обшаривали пьяного моряка.
е) износить до дыр (об одежде, обуви)ж) поглощать, расходовать (что-л.)36) ( go to)а) обращаться к (кому-л. / чему-л.)She need not go to others for her bons mots. — Ей нет нужды искать у других остроумные словечки.
б) переходить к (кому-л.) в собственность, доставаться (кому-л.)The house went to the elder son. — Дом достался старшему сыну.
The money I had saved went to the doctors. — Деньги, которые я скопил, пошли на докторов.
The dukedom went to his brother. — Титул герцога перешёл к его брату.
And the Oscar goes to… — Итак, «Оскар» достаётся…
в) быть составной частью (чего-л.); вести к (какому-л. результату)These are the bones which go to form the head and trunk. — Это кости, которые формируют череп и скелет.
Whole gardens of roses go to one drop of the attar. — Для того, чтобы получить одну каплю розового масла, нужны целые сады роз.
This only goes to prove the point. — Это только доказывает утверждение.
г) составлять, равняться (чему-л.)Sixteen ounces go to the pound. — Шестнадцать унций составляют один фунт.
How many go to a crew with you, captain? — Из скольких человек состоит ваша команда, капитан?
д) брать на себя (расходы, труд)Don't go to any trouble. — Не беспокойтесь.
Few publishers go to the trouble of giving the number of copies for an edition. — Немногие издатели берут на себя труд указать количество экземпляров издания.
The tenant went to very needless expense. — Арендатор пошёл на абсолютно ненужные расходы.
37) ( go under) относиться (к какой-л. группе, классу)This word goes under G. — Это слово помещено под G.
38) ( go with)а) быть заодно с (кем-л.), быть на чьей-л. сторонеMy sympathies went strongly with the lady. — Все мои симпатии были полностью на стороне леди.
б) сопутствовать (чему-л.), идти, происходить вместе с (чем-л.)Criminality habitually went with dirtiness. — Преступность и грязь обычно шли бок о бок.
Syn:в) понимать, следить с пониманием за (речью, мыслью)The Court declared the deed a nullity on the ground that the mind of the mortgagee did not go with the deed she signed. — Суд признал документ недействительным на том основании, что кредитор по закладной не понимала содержания документа, который она подписала.
г) разг. встречаться с (кем-л.), проводить время с (кем-л. - в качестве друга, подружки)The "young ladies" he had "gone with" and "had feelin's about" were now staid matrons. — "Молодые леди", с которыми он "дружил" и к которым он "питал чувства", стали солидными матронами.
39) ( go upon)You see, this gave me something to go upon. — Видишь ли, это дало мне хоть что-то, с чего я могу начать.
б) брать в свои руки; брать на себя ответственностьI cannot bear to see things botched or gone upon with ignorance. — Я не могу видеть, как берутся за дела либо халтурно, либо ничего в них не понимая.
40) (go + прил.)а) становиться ( обычно хуже)He went dead about three months ago. — Он умер около трех месяцев назад.
She went pale. — Она побледнела.
He went bankrupt. — Он обанкротился.
Syn:б) продолжать (какое-л.) действие, продолжать пребывать в (каком-л.) состоянииWe both love going barefoot on the beach. — Мы оба любим ходить босиком по пляжу.
Most of their work seems to have gone unnoticed. — Кажется, большая часть их работы осталась незамеченной.
The powers could not allow such an act of terrorism to go unpunished. — Власти не могут допустить, чтобы террористический акт прошёл безнаказанно.
41) (be going to do smth.) собираться ( выражает непосредственное или ближайшее будущее)It seems as if it were going to rain. — Такое впечатление, что сейчас пойдёт дождь.
Lambs are to be sold to those who are going to keep them. — Ягнята должны быть проданы тем, кто собирается их выращивать.
42) (go and do smth.) разг. пойти и сделать что-л.The fool has gone and got married. — Этот дурак взял и женился.
He might go and hang himself for all they cared. — Он может повеситься, им на это абсолютно наплевать.
Oh, go and pick up pizza, for heaven's sake! — Ради бога, пойди купи, наконец, пиццу.
•- go about- go across
- go ahead
- go along
- go away
- go back
- go before
- go by
- go down
- go forth
- go forward- go in- go off- go on- go out- go over- go round- go together- go under- go up••to go back a long way — давно знать друг друга, быть давними знакомыми
to go short — испытывать недостаток в чём-л.; находиться в стеснённых обстоятельствах
to go the way of nature / all the earth / all flesh / all living — скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных
to let oneself go — дать волю себе, своим чувствам
Go to Jericho / Bath / Hong Kong / Putney / Halifax! — Иди к чёрту! Убирайся!
- go far- go bush
- go ape
- go amiss
- go dry
- go astray
- go on instruments
- go a long way- go postal- Go to!
- Go to it!
- let it go at that
- go like blazes
- go with the tide
- go with the times
- go along with you!
- go easy
- go up King Street
- go figure
- go it
- go the extra mile
- go to the wall 2. сущ.; разг.1) движение, хождение, ходьба; уст. походкаHe has been on the go since morning. — Он с утра на ногах.
2)а) ретивость, горячность ( первоначально о лошадях); напористость, энергичность; бодрость, живость; рвениеThe job requires a man with a lot of go. — Для этой работы требуется очень энергичный человек.
Physically, he is a wonderful man - very wiry, and full of energy and go. — Физически он превосходен - крепкий, полный энергии и напористости.
Syn:б) энергичная деятельность; тяжелая, требующая напряжения работаBelieve me, it's all go with these tycoons, mate. — Поверь мне, приятель, это все деятельность этих заправил.
3) разг. происшествие; неожиданный поворот событий (то, которое вызывает затруднения)queer go, rum go — странное дело, странный поворот событий
And leave us to old Brown! that will be a nice go! — И оставь нас старику Брауну! это будет приятным сюрпризом!
4)а) попытка- have a goLet me have a go at fixing it. — Дай я попробую починить это.
Syn:б) соревнование, борьба; состязание на приз ( в боксе)Cost me five dollars the other day to see the tamest kind of a go. There wasn't a knockdown in ten rounds. — На днях я потратил пять долларов, чтобы увидеть самое мирное состязание. За десять раундов не было ни одного нокдауна.
в) приступ, припадок ( о болезни)5)а) количество чего-л., предоставляемое за один раз"The score!" he burst out. "Three goes o' rum!" (R. L. Stevenson, Treasure Island) — А деньги? - крикнул он. - За три кружки! (пер. Н. Чуковского)
а) бросок шара ( кегли)б) карт. "Мимо" (возглас игрока, объявляющего проход в криббидже)7) разг.а) успех, успешное делоб) соглашение, сделка••all the go, quite the go — последний крик моды
first go — первым делом, сразу же
- no goII [gɔ] сущ.; япон.го (настольная игра, в ходе которой двое участников по очереди выставляют на доску фишки-"камни", стремясь окружить "камни" противника своими и захватить как можно большую территорию) -
119 ὁ
ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronounⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or stateⓐ w. nounsα. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receivesα. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. standsא. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also expressז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.ⓗ The neut. of the art. standsα. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. areα. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καία. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M. -
120 make
make [meɪk]faire ⇒ 1A (a)-(c), 1A (e)-(g), 1B (b)-(d), 1C (d), 1D (a)-(c) fabriquer ⇒ 1A (a) établir ⇒ 1A (c) former ⇒ 1A (d) rendre ⇒ 1B (a) atteindre ⇒ 1C (a), 1C (b) gagner ⇒ 1C (d) marquer ⇒ 1D (d) faire le succès de ⇒ 1E (a) marque ⇒ 3 (a)(pt & pp made [meɪd])A.(a) (construct, create, manufacture) faire, fabriquer;∎ to make one's own clothes faire ses vêtements soi-même;∎ to make a meal préparer un repas;∎ I'll make some tea je vais préparer du thé;∎ they make computers ils fabriquent des ordinateurs;∎ made in Japan (on packaging) fabriqué au Japon;∎ a vase made of or from clay un vase en ou de terre cuite;∎ what's it made of? en quoi est-ce que c'est fait?;∎ what do you make aluminium from? à partir de quoi est-ce qu'on fabrique l'aluminium?;∎ he makes models out of matchsticks il fait des maquettes avec des allumettes;∎ Knitting to make one/two faire un jeté simple/double;∎ they're made for each other ils sont faits l'un pour l'autre;∎ familiar we're not made of money! on n'a pas d'argent à jeter par les fenêtres!;∎ familiar I'll show them what I'm made of! je leur montrerai de quel bois je me chauffe ou qui je suis!(b) (cause to appear or happen → hole, tear, mess, mistake, noise) faire;∎ it made a dent in the bumper ça a cabossé le pare-chocs;∎ he's always making trouble il faut toujours qu'il fasse des histoires(c) (establish → law, rule) établir, faire;∎ I don't make the rules ce n'est pas moi qui fais les règlements(d) (form → circle, line) former∎ she's making a documentary elle fait un documentaire;∎ he's made several films with Ridley Scott il a fait plusieurs films avec Ridley Scott∎ to make an offer faire une offre;∎ to make a request faire une demande;∎ to make a note of sth prendre note de qch;∎ to make a speech faire un discours;∎ to make a phone call passer un coup de fil;∎ the Queen will make an official visit to Japan la reine va se rendre en visite officielle au Japon;∎ we've made a few changes nous avons fait ou apporté quelques modifications;∎ the police are making inquiries la police procède à une enquête;∎ I have no further comments to make je n'ai rien à ajouter∎ to make one's bed faire son litB.(a) (with adj or pp complement) (cause to be) rendre;∎ to make sb happy/mad rendre qn heureux/fou(folle);∎ to make oneself useful se rendre utile;∎ this will make things easier cela facilitera les choses;∎ it makes her tired ça la fatigue;∎ what makes the sky blue? qu'est-ce qui fait que le ciel est bleu?;∎ I'd like to make it clear that it wasn't my fault je voudrais qu'on comprenne bien que je n'y suis pour rien;∎ make yourselves comfortable mettez-vous à l'aise;∎ it was hard to make myself heard/understood j'ai eu du mal à me faire entendre/comprendre;∎ a child would make our happiness complete il ne nous manque qu'un enfant pour que notre bonheur soit parfait(b) (with noun complement or with "into") (change into) faire;∎ the film made her (into) a star le film a fait d'elle une vedette;∎ to make a success of sth réussir qch;∎ he was made president for life il a été nommé président à vie;∎ they made Bonn the capital ils ont choisi Bonn pour capitale;∎ they made Strasbourg the capital of Europe ils ont fait de Strasbourg la capitale de l'Europe;∎ he makes a joke of everything il tourne tout en plaisanterie;∎ the building has been made into offices l'immeuble a été réaménagé ou converti en bureaux;∎ I'll make you a present of it je t'en ferai cadeau;∎ the latest cheque makes the total £10,000 le dernier chèque porte la somme totale à 10 000 livres;∎ I can't come in the morning, shall we make it 2 p.m.? je ne peux pas venir le matin, est-ce que 14 heures vous conviendrait?;∎ if we made it a Wednesday… si on faisait ça un mercredi…;∎ can we make it your place? est-ce qu'on peut faire ça chez toi?;∎ better make it or that TWO whiskies mettez-moi un deuxième whisky∎ what makes you think they're wrong? qu'est-ce qui te fait penser qu'ils ont tort?;∎ peeling onions makes my eyes water les oignons me font pleurer;∎ I can't make the coffee machine work je n'arrive pas à faire marcher la machine à café;∎ you make it look easy à vous voir, on croirait que c'est facile;∎ the hat/photo makes you look ridiculous tu as l'air ridicule avec ce chapeau/sur cette photo;∎ don't make me laugh! ne me fais pas rire!(d) (force, oblige)∎ to make sb do sth faire faire qch à qn; (stronger) forcer ou obliger ou contraindre qn à faire qch;∎ they made me wait ils m'ont fait attendre;∎ if he doesn't want to do it you can't make him s'il ne veut pas le faire, tu ne peux pas l'y obliger ou forcer;∎ she made herself keep running elle s'est forcée à continuer à courirC.(a) (attain, achieve → goal) atteindre;∎ we made all our production targets nous avons atteint tous nos objectifs de production;∎ their first record made the top ten leur premier disque est rentré au top ten;∎ you won't make the team if you don't train tu n'entreras jamais dans l'équipe si tu ne t'entraînes pas;∎ the story made the front page l'histoire a fait la une des journaux(b) (arrive at, get to → place) atteindre;∎ we should make Houston/port by evening nous devrions arriver à Houston/atteindre le port d'ici ce soir;∎ did you make your train? as-tu réussi à avoir ton train?∎ I won't be able to make lunch je ne pourrai pas déjeuner avec toi/elle/vous/ etc;∎ can you make Friday afternoon? vendredi après-midi, ça vous convient?;∎ I can make two o'clock je peux être là à deux heures(d) (earn, win) faire, gagner;∎ how much do you make a month? combien gagnes-tu par mois?;∎ she made her first million selling beauty products elle a gagné son premier million en vendant des produits de beauté;∎ what do they make out of the deal? qu'est-ce qu'ils gagnent dans l'affaire?, qu'est-ce que l'affaire leur rapporte?D.(a) (amount to, add up to) faire;∎ 17 and 19 make or makes 36 17 plus 19 font ou égalent 36;∎ if Kay comes, that will make eight si Kay vient, ça fera huit;∎ that makes £4, Madam ça fait ou fera 4 livres, Madame;∎ that makes the third time you've been late this week c'est la troisième fois que vous êtes en retard cette semaine;∎ how old does that make him? quel âge ça lui fait?∎ I make the answer 257 d'après moi, ça fait 257;∎ I make it $14 each si je compte bien, ça fait 14 dollars par personne;∎ what time do you make it? quelle heure as-tu?(c) (with noun complement) (fulfil specified role, function etc) faire;∎ these shoes will make an excellent Christmas present ces chaussures feront un très beau cadeau de Noël;∎ he'll make somebody a good husband ce sera un excellent mari;∎ he'd make a good teacher il ferait un bon enseignant;∎ they make a handsome couple ils forment un beau couple;∎ her reminiscences make interesting reading ses souvenirs sont intéressants à lire∎ Smith made his second century Smith a marqué deux cents pointsE.(a) (make successful) faire le succès de;∎ it's her performance that makes the film tout le film repose sur son interprétation;∎ if this deal comes off we're made! si ça marche, on touche le gros lot!;∎ you've got it made! tu n'as plus de souci à te faire!;∎ what happens today will make us or break us notre avenir dépend entièrement de ce qui va se passer aujourd'hui∎ make a right/left tournez à droite/à gauche∎ I'll never make it for ten o'clock je ne pourrai jamais y être pour dix heures;∎ we made it to the airport with an hour to spare nous sommes arrivés à l'aéroport avec une heure d'avance;∎ if he doesn't make it back in ten minutes, start without him s'il n'est pas revenu dans dix minutes, commencez sans lui;∎ I hope she makes it through the winter j'espère qu'elle passera l'hiver;∎ he'll never make it as a businessman il ne réussira jamais dans les affaires;∎ I can't make it for supper tomorrow je ne peux pas dîner avec eux/toi/ etc demain;∎ American familiar to make sb, to make it with sb (have sex with) coucher avec qn∎ (act) to make (as if) to faire mine de;∎ she made (as if) to stand up elle fit mine de se lever;∎ familiar I walked in trying to make like a businessman je suis entré en essayant d'avoir l'air d'un homme d'affaires□ ;∎ familiar he's always making like a tough guy il essaie toujours de jouer les durs;∎ familiar make like you don't know anything fais comme si tu ne savais pas;∎ familiar make like you're asleep! fais semblant de dormir!□ ;∎ familiar I didn't know what it was all about but I made like I did je ne savais pas de quoi il était question, mais j'ai fait comme si;∎ to make believe imaginer;∎ make believe you're a bird imagine que tu es un oiseau;∎ it's broken but we'll just have to make do c'est cassé mais il faudra faire avec ou nous débrouiller avec;∎ we could make do with ten nous pourrions nous débrouiller avec dix3 noun∎ what make of washing machine have you got? quelle est la marque de votre machine à laver?, qu'est-ce que vous avez comme machine à laver?(b) (in bridge) contrat m∎ to be on the make (financially) chercher à se faire du fric, chercher à s'en mettre plein les poches; (looking for sexual partner) chasser, draguerpartir avec;∎ he made away with the cash il est parti avec l'argent∎ the plane is making for Berlin l'avion se dirige sur Berlin;∎ he made straight for the fridge il se dirigea tout droit vers le frigo;∎ when it started to rain everyone made for the trees quand il s'est mis à pleuvoir, tout le monde s'est précipité vers les arbres;∎ the truck was making right for him le camion fonçait droit sur lui;∎ he made for his gun il fit un geste pour saisir son pistolet(b) (contribute to) mener à;∎ the treaty should make for a more lasting peace le traité devrait mener ou aboutir à une paix plus durable;∎ this typeface makes for easier reading cette police permet une lecture plus facile;∎ a good diet makes for healthier babies un bon régime alimentaire donne des bébés en meilleure santé➲ make of(a) (understand) comprendre à;∎ I don't know what to make of that remark je ne sais pas comment interpréter cette remarque;∎ can you make anything of these instructions? est-ce que tu comprends quelque chose à ce mode d'emploi?∎ I think you're making too much of a very minor problem je pense que tu exagères l'importance de ce petit problème;∎ you're making too much of this tu y attaches trop d'importance;∎ the press has made a lot of this visit la presse a fait beaucoup de bruit autour de cette visite;∎ the prosecution made much of this fact l'accusation a fait grand cas de ce fait;(think of) penser de;∎ what do you make of the Caines? qu'est-ce que tu penses des Caine?partirpartir avec;∎ he made off with the cash il est parti avec l'argent➲ make out∎ I could just make out the outline of the castle je distinguais juste la silhouette du château;∎ I couldn't make out what he said je ne comprenais pas ce qu'il disait;∎ I can't make out the address je n'arrive pas à déchiffrer l'adresse(b) (understand) comprendre;∎ I couldn't make out how to fit it together je ne comprenais pas comment l'assembler;∎ I can't make her out at all je ne la comprends pas du tout∎ she made out that she was busy elle a fait semblant d'être occupée;∎ don't make yourself out to be something you're not ne prétends pas être ce que tu n'es pas;∎ it's not as bad as everyone makes out ce n'est pas aussi mauvais qu'on le prétend(d) (fill out → form) remplir;∎ to make out a cheque (to sb) faire un chèque (à l'ordre de qn);∎ who shall I make the cheque out to? je fais le chèque à quel ordre?∎ I'm sure she'll make out whatever happens je suis sûr qu'elle se débrouillera quoi qu'il arrive;∎ how did you make out at work today? comment ça s'est passé au boulot aujourd'hui?∎ to make out with sb peloter qn(a) (transfer) transférer, céder;∎ she has made the estate over to her granddaughter elle a cédé la propriété à sa petite-fille∎ the garage had been made over into a workshop le garage a été transformé en atelier(c) (change the appearance of) transformer➲ make up(a) (put make-up on) maquiller;∎ to make oneself up se maquiller;∎ he was heavily made up il était très maquillé ou fardé∎ we can make up a bed for you in the living room nous pouvons vous faire un lit dans le salon;∎ the chemist made up the prescription le pharmacien a préparé l'ordonnance;∎ the fire needs making up il faut remettre du charbon/du bois sur le feu∎ I'm sure he made the story up je suis sûr qu'il a inventé cette histoire (de toutes pièces);∎ I'm making it up as I go along j'improvise au fur et à mesure(d) Typography mettre en pages∎ to make up with sb, British to make it up with sb se réconcilier avec qn;∎ have you made up or British made it up with him? est-ce que vous vous êtes réconciliés?(a) (constitute) composer, constituer;∎ the different ethnic groups that make up our organization les différents groupes ethniques qui constituent notre organisation;∎ the cabinet is made up of eleven ministers le cabinet est composé de onze ministres;∎ it's made up of a mixture of different types of tobacco c'est un mélange de plusieurs tabacs différents(b) (compensate for → losses) compenser;∎ to make up lost ground regagner le terrain perdu;∎ he's making up time il rattrape son retard∎ this cheque will help you make up the required sum ce chèque vous aidera à atteindre le montant requis;∎ we need two more players to make up the team nous avons besoin de deux joueurs de plus pour que l'équipe soit au complet;∎ I'll make up the difference je mettrai la différence(a) (put on make-up) se maquiller(b) (become reconciled) se réconciliercompenser;∎ the pay doesn't make up for the poor conditions le salaire ne compense pas les piètres conditions de travail;∎ how can I make up for all the trouble I've caused you? que puis-je faire pour me faire pardonner tous les ennuis que je vous ai causés?;∎ also figurative she's making up for lost time now! elle est en train de rattraper le temps perdu!∎ (idiom) I promise I'll make it up to you someday tu peux être sûr que je te revaudrai ça (un jour)∎ to make up to sb (try to win favour) essayer de se faire bien voir par qn; (make advances) faire du plat à qn∎ make with the drinks! à boire!;∎ make with the music! musique!
См. также в других словарях:
come — come1 [ kʌm ] (past tense came [ keım ] ; past participle come) verb *** ▸ 1 move/travel (to here) ▸ 2 reach particular state ▸ 3 start doing something ▸ 4 reach particular point ▸ 5 be received ▸ 6 happen ▸ 7 exist or be produced ▸ 8 be… … Usage of the words and phrases in modern English
come — come1 W1S1 [kʌm] v past tense came [keım] past participle come ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(move towards somebody/something)¦ 2¦(go with somebody)¦ 3¦(travel to a place)¦ 4¦(post)¦ 5¦(happen)¦ 6¦(reach a level/place)¦ 7¦(be produce … Dictionary of contemporary English
have — have1 W1S1 [v, əv, həv strong hæv] auxiliary v past tense and past participle had [d, əd, həd strong hæd] third person singular has [z, əz, həz strong hæz] [: Old English; Origin: habban] 1.) used with past participles to form ↑perfect tenses ▪… … Dictionary of contemporary English
come — 1 /kVm/ verb past tense came past participle come MOVE 1 (I) a word meaning to move towards someone, or to visit or arrive at a place, used when the person speaking or the person listening is in that place: Come a little closer. | Sarah s coming… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
wrong — wrong1 W1S1 [rɔŋ US ro:ŋ] adj ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(not correct)¦ 2 be wrong (about somebody/something) 3¦(problems)¦ 4¦(not the right one)¦ 5¦(not morally right)¦ 6¦(not suitable)¦ 7¦(not working)¦ 8 be the wrong way round/around 9 the wrong way up … Dictionary of contemporary English
come — [[t]kʌ̱m[/t]] ♦ comes, coming, came (The form come is used in the present tense and is the past participle.) 1) VERB When a person or thing comes to a particular place, especially to a place where you are, they move there. [V prep/adv] Two police … English dictionary
have — 1 strong, auxiliary verb past tense had, strong, third person singularpresent tense has; strong, negative short forms: haven t, hadn t, hasn t 1 used with the past participle of another verb to make the perfect tense of that verb: We have… … Longman dictionary of contemporary English
Kingdom Come (comics) — Kingdom Come Cover to the Absolute Kingdom Come hardcover edition (2006). Art by Alex Ross. Publication information Publisher DC Comics … Wikipedia
Neighborhood of Make-Believe — The Neighborhood of Make Believe is the fictional kingdom inhabited by the hand puppet characters on the children s television program Mister Rogers Neighborhood, produced from 1968 to 2001. The show s principal puppeteer is Fred Rogers himself,… … Wikipedia
Moscow Does Not Believe in Tears — Poster for USA promotion. Directed by Vladimir Menshov Written by … Wikipedia
Going Wrong — infobox Book | name = Going Wrong title orig = translator = image caption = author = Ruth Rendell cover artist = country = United Kingdom language = English series = genre = Crime, Mystery novel publisher = Hutchinson release date = 6 September… … Wikipedia